Quarterlytics / Technology / Midway

Midway

midw · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker midw
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Midway
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
i

M
d
w
i
c
h
G
r
o
u
p
P

l
c

i

M
d
w
i
c
h
G
r
o
u
p
P

l
c

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

a
n
d
F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
F
o
r

t
h
e

y
e
a
r

e
n
d
e
d
3
1

D
e
c
e
m
b
e
r

2
0

1
9

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

a
n
d
F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
F
o
r

t
h
e

y
e
a
r

e
n
d
e
d
3
1

D
e
c
e
m
b
e
r

2
0

1
9

Delivering experiences
Beyond expectations

Annual Report and Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2019

Midwich Group Plc
Vinces Road 
Diss 
Norfolk 
IP22 4YT

T: 01379 649200

midwichgroupplc.com

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   3

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:06

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   3

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:07

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Midwich Group
Is a specialist audio
visual distributor
to the trade market

Our Purpose
To help our 
customers win 
and then deliver 
successful 
projects, and our 
manufacturers  
to reach a  
broad market 

Our Values
We value honesty, 
trust, hard work, 
humility and 
creativity 

Our Culture
Our people 
are passionate, 
collaborative, 
supportive, 
ambitious and 
service-minded

Operational highlights

1

2

3

4

5

Acquisitions made in 2018 fully 
integrated and delivering favourable 
Group contribution in 2019

6

The four businesses acquired in 2019 
have increased both our geographic 
presence and specialist audio and 
lighting capabilities

Entered two new markets through 
organic investment

Investments in IT, compliance, 
acquisition and integration capabilities 
support the Group’s growth strategy

Established an Executive Team 
responsible for determining and driving 
operational strategy across the Group

Post-period end, the Group completed 
two acquisitions:
•  Starin Marketing, Inc., a value-add 

AV distributor with a reputation for 
technical excellence and pre and  
post-sales support, giving the Group  
a foundation in North America; and
•  Vantage Systems, a specialist Unified 

Communications business based  
in Australia

•  Successful equity fundraising of 
£39.7m in connection with the 
acquisition of Starin Marketing, Inc.

Overview     Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Financial highlights

Revenue

£686m

2018: £574m

Gross profit

16.5%

2018: 16.5%

Adjusted operating 
profit % growth1

Adjusted profit 
before tax3

11.0%

20182: 20.5%

EBITDA cash 
conversion %

69.5%

20182: 92.3%

1. At constant currency. 

£31.2m

20182: £28.9m

Adjusted net 
debt (excluding leases)5

£53.3m

2018: £25.4m

Final dividend6

Contents

11.05p

2018: 10.60p

Adjusted profit 
after tax4

£23.8m

20182: £22.2m

Overview
Financial Highlights
Group at a Glance
Chairman’s Statement

Strategic Report
Marketplace
Business Model
Strategy
Key Performance Indicators
Managing Director’s Review
Operational Review
Financial Review
Managing Risk
Stakeholder Engagement
Corporate Social Responsibility 
and Sustainability

01
02
04

08
10
12
13
14
16
18
22
26

29

2.  Restated to reflect the adoption of IFRS 16. Adjusted measures are also restated to include amortisation of patents and 

software. 

3.  2019 profit before tax of £23.8m adjusted for amortisation of £4.9m, acquisition costs of £0.3m, non operational finance 

costs of (£1.1m) and share based payments (including employer taxes) of £3.3m. 2018 profit before tax of £21.0m adjusted 
for amortisation of £3.6m, acquisition costs of £0.4m, non operational finance costs of £2.5m, and share based payments 
(including employer taxes) of £1.4m. 

4.  2019 profit after tax of £18.2m adjusted for amortisation of £4.9m, acquisition costs of £0.3m, non operational finance costs 
of (£1.1m), share based payments (including employer taxes) of £3.3m and the negative tax impact of these adjustments 
of £(1.8)m. 2018 profit after tax of £15.3m adjusted for amortisation of £3.6m, acquisition costs of £0.4m, non operational 
finance costs of £2.5m, share based payments (including employer taxes) of £1.4m and the tax impact of these adjustments 
of £(1.0)m. 

5.  Total net debt at 31 December 2019 was £70.0m (2018: £36.3m). Adjusted net debt is stated excluding leases as a proxy for 

the net debt before the impact of IFRS 16 adoption. 

6. Total dividend of 15.90p (15.20p) for the year ending 31 December 2019.

Comprehensive technology portfolio

Display

Projection

Technical

Broadcast

36
38

Our Governance
Board of Directors 
Operational Management
Chairman’s Statement  
40
on Corporate Governance
Corporate Governance Report
41
Nomination Committee Report 44
Audit Committee Report
45
Statement from the Chairman  
of the Remuneration  
Committee
Directors’ Remuneration 
Report
Annual Report on 
Remuneration
Directors’ Report

54
58

50

47

66

Our Financials
Independent Auditor’s Report 
to the Members of Midwich 
Group plc
Consolidated Financial 
Statements
Notes to the Consolidated  
77
Financial Statements
Company Financial Statements 123
Notes to the Company  
Financial Statements

125

72

Additional Information
Directors, Officers and Advisers 135

 MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
 MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

01

7

Continue to have a strong acquisition 
pipeline across a number of regions

LED

Audio

Lighting

Unified Comms

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   3

08/04/2020   14:11:09

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   1

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:09

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group at a Glance
Midwich Group’s strengths

Leading scale and market reach
The Group operates as the sole or largest in-country distributor for a number of  
its vendors.

With the 2019 acquisitions in Europe, Midwich now has a presence in countries representing over 80% of the European 
AV market. Due to our capabilities, size and reach, we believe Midwich is seen as the de facto distributor of choice for 
customers and vendors involved in complex, technically challenging audio visual projects across a wide array of sectors.

Following the year end the Group acquired Starin Marketing, Inc, a leading value-add AV distributor based in the US.  
This acquisition is a material strategic development for the Group and gives the Midwich Group access to the world’s 
largest AV market, along with a significant strengthening of our presence in the unified communications and audio markets.

Proven acquisition capability
Midwich has a history of entering new geographies and product markets through acquisition and then 
substantially growing the acquired businesses.

Kern & Stelly 
Germany

3
1
0
2

6
Holdan 
UK
1
0
2

Wired 
New Zealand

14ACQUISITIONS 
IPO

SINCE

02

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Overview     Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

A global presence 
Midwich operates on 
a global scale, with 
operations in UK and 
Ireland, Europe, North 
America1 and Asia Pacific. 

Revenue split between divisions

7%

17

SHOWROOM /  
DEMO FACILITIES 

27

OFFICES

18

COUNTRIES OF  
OPERATION 

47%

● UK and Ireland

● Continental Europe

● Asia Pacific

46%

1,000+

STAFF MEMBERS

20,000+

CUSTOMERS  
SERVICED 

500+

VENDOR  
RELATIONSHIPS 

1. The Group entered North America after the period end.

Numbers inclusive of Starin Marketing.

8
8
1
1
0
0
2
2

Bauer and Trummer GmbH 
Germany, Austria, Switzerland

Sound Directions France 
France, Switzerland

Blonde Robot 
Asia Pacific region

 Starin Marketing 
USA

Vantage Systems
Australia

0
2
0
2

Solid financial 
track record
Consistent growth in revenue, 
gross margin and operating profit

Revenue

£686m

m
6
8
6
£

m
4
7
5
£

m
2
7
4
£

m
0
7
3
£

.

%
9
2
2
R
G
A
C

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

Gross profit margin

16.5%

%
5
6
1

.

%
5
6
1

.

%
3
5
1

.

%
5
5
1

.

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

Adjusted profit 
before tax2

£31.2m

.

m
9
8
2
£

2

.
1
3
£

.

m
3
4
2
£

m
9
7.
1
£

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

.

%
4
0
e
s
a
e
r
c
n

I

l

a
u
n
n
A
e
g
a
r
e
v
A

.

%
3
0
2
R
G
A
C

2  Restated to reflect the adoption of IFRS 

16. Adjusted measures are also restated to 
include amortisation of patents and software.

 MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM 03
 MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

5
PSCo 
UK
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

Earpro 
Spain and Portugal

Van Domburg Partners 
the Netherlands

Sound Technology 
UK

9
1
0
2

 Mobile Pro 
Switzerland

Prase 
Italy

AV Partner AS 
Norway

EES
Spain

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   2

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:10

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   3

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:10

 
 
 
 
 
 
Chairman’s Statement
Chairman’s Statement
Strong results and continued growth
Strong results and continued growth

Overview     Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

I am pleased to report 
that the Group delivered 
strong results in 2019, 
achieving both revenue 
and profit growth while 
successfully completing 
four acquisitions.

04

Record revenue of £686.2 million, 19.6% 
ahead of prior year (20.1% at constant 
currency), reflecting an impressive 
level of organic growth across the 
Group, alongside contributions from 
acquisitions made during the year and 
the full year impact of acquisitions 
completed in 2018. Our strategy of 
growing the geographic reach of the 
Group has resulted in our Continental 
European revenues exceeding those 
of the UK and Ireland for the first time 
in 2019. Elsewhere, in February 2020, 
the Group entered the North American 
market, through the acquisition of 
Starin Marketing, Inc. (“Starin”), which 
gives us a presence in the world’s 
largest AV market and increases our 
direct representation in the global AV 
market to over 50%. Starin is a value-
add AV distributor with a reputation 
for technical excellence and a high  
level of pre and post-sales support.

Despite a challenging economic 
backdrop in some key markets, gross 
profit margin was in line with the 
profit margin was in line with the 
prior year and adjusted operating 
prior year and adjusted operating 
profit grew by 10.6% to £33.5 million 
profit grew by 10.6% to £33.5 million 
reflecting the strong revenue 
reflecting the strong revenue 

growth. Adjusted earnings per 
growth. Adjusted earnings per 
share increased by 4.7% to 28.5 
share increased by 4.7% to 28.5 
pence per share. 
pence per share. 

A healthy operating cash flow 
A healthy operating cash flow 
performance, broadly in line with 
performance, broadly in line with 
our long-term average, helped us 
our long-term average, helped us 
maintain a strong balance sheet.  
maintain a strong balance sheet.  
After the period end the Group 
After the period end the Group 

raised gross proceeds of  
raised gross proceeds of  

£39.7 million in cash through a placing 
of 7,944,800 new ordinary shares 
(approximately 9.9% of existing issued 
share capital) (the “Placing”). The net 
proceeds of the Placing were used  
to fund the acquisition of Starin, 
with the remaining funds expected 
to provide additional resources to 
fund further acquisitions. The Placing 
received a high level of demand 
from existing and new investors and 
we thank our shareholders for their 
continuing support.

The Board remains focused on 
delivering profitable growth and 
enhancing the capabilities and 
geographical reach of the Group in its 
core business areas through organic 
growth and targeted acquisitions. 

Organic growth in revenues, before  
the impact of acquisitions made in  
the last two years, was 6.0% reflecting 
a strong performance and market share 
gains in difficult market conditions, 
especially in Continental Europe. The 
Group also delivered growth in all key 
product categories during the year, 
with particularly strong contributions 
from LED and technical products as  
a result of our strategic focus on value  
added AV solutions.

During 2019, we further expanded 
the reach of the Group through four 
acquisitions, adding mainstream 
AV businesses in Switzerland and 
Norway, an audio business in Italy and 
a specialist lighting business, located 

“The Board remains focused 
“ The Board remains focused 

on delivering profitable 
on delivering profitable 
growth and enhancing the 
growth and enhancing the 
capabilities and geographical 
capabilities and geographical 
reach of the Group in its 
reach of the Group in its 
core business areas through 
core business areas through 
organic growth and targeted 
organic growth and targeted 
acquisitions.”
acquisitions.”
Andrew Herbert
Andrew Herbert
Chairman
Chairman

in Spain. These businesses add to 
our capabilities and their successful 
integration means they are already 
contributing to both sales and profit. 
The Group also acquired the trade 
and assets of Vantage Systems Pty 
Limited (“Vantage”) in February 2020, 
a specialist Unified Communications 
(“UC”) business based in Australia.  
I’m delighted to welcome our new 
team members from around the  
world into the Group.

Looking forwards, our strategy of 
delivering organic growth while 
adding capability and scale to the 
business through acquisition is 
unchanged and we continue to pursue 
a good pipeline of opportunities.

Dividend 
The Board is recommending a final 
dividend of 11.05 pence per share 
(2018: 10.60 pence per share), which  
if approved will be paid on 19 June 
2020 to shareholders on the register 
on 15 May 2020. With the interim 
dividend declared in September  
2019, this represents a total dividend 
for the year to 31 December 2019  
of 15.90 pence per share and growth 
of 4.6% on the prior year’s 15.20  
pence per share. The proposed 
dividend is covered 1.79 times  
by adjusted earnings.

The Board continues to support  
a progressive dividend policy to  
reflect the Group’s strong earnings 
growth and cash flow. While there 
is no hard or fixed target, in order 
to allow for continued investment 
in targeted acquisitions, the Board’s 
intentions are unchanged with future 
dividends expected to move towards  
a cover range of 2 to 2.5 times 
adjusted earnings.

Board
Membership of the Board has 
remained stable throughout the year 
and our programme of holding at 
least two Board meetings each year 
in subsidiary company locations 
continues to broaden our range of 
contacts and exposure to the business. 

In line with prior years, the Board 
completed a self-evaluation 
exercise during 2019, reinforcing 
our commitment to, and success 

Opening of Innovation 
House, Bracknell, UK

in, establishing a strong corporate 
governance framework. We took the 
opportunity of this review to confirm 
strong and effective governance and 
reaffirmed the role of the Board and 
its individual members in ensuring 
compliance with the provisions of 
the QCA code. There were no major 
issues or concerns raised about the 
effectiveness of the Board or its 
individual members.

The Group continues to apply the 
QCA code (as revised April 2018) as 
its governance framework. The Board 
has reviewed all aspects of compliance 
and continues to believe that it meets 
or exceeds the requirements of the 
code. Over the last two years we have 
enhanced our reporting by including 
a detailed Directors’ Remuneration 
Report and corporate social 
responsibility information; we also 
chose to introduce an advisory vote 
on the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
at the AGM held in May 2019.

The Board recognises its duty to 
have regard to broader stakeholder 
interests and this year we have 
included a separate Section 172 
Statement within the strategic report.

People
The success of any company is down 
to the quality of its leadership and 
its people. The team at Midwich 
continues to demonstrate great  
skill, commitment and drive and  

it is our people that are the key  
to the Group’s strong track record  
and continued success. 

During 2019, the Board has 
reviewed and approved changes in 
organisational structure and capability. 
This resulted in the formalisation of 
an executive leadership team (the 
“Executive Board”), which comprises 
the executive directors together with 
the managing directors of the three 
regional operating units. The Executive 
Board is charged with driving 
operational performance and ensuring 
implementation of agreed strategy. 

On behalf of the Board, I would like to 
thank all employees and our partners 
for their commitment and hard work 
and congratulate them all on achieving 
strong growth in a challenging market.

Andrew Herbert
Chairman

 Read more about  
Our Performance on page 13

 MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM 05
 MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   4

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:15

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   5

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:16

 
↘

Van Domburg – 
Netherlands
Customer showroom and 
demonstration facilities

Strategic

Report

08 

Marketplace

10 

12 

13 

14 

16 

18 

22 

26 

29 

Business Model

Strategy

 Key Performance Indicators

 Managing Director’s Review

Operational Review

Financial Review

Managing Risk

 Stakeholder Engagement

 Corporate Social Responsibility  
and Sustainability 

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   6

08/04/2020   14:11:18

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   7

08/04/2020   14:11:18

Our
Marketplace

Our addressable market in professional audio visual solutions covers areas such as sound, 
video and lighting. 

These solutions are prevalent and relied upon in many areas of daily life – at home, in transit, at the workplace and in a wide 
range of retail, leisure and recreational uses. The application of AV systems is found in areas such as workplace collaboration, 
conferencing and digital signage solutions, with end users broadly covering the corporate, events, government, education, 
retail, hospitality, healthcare and residential markets.

Key trends in the AV market

Growing use of AV 
products and technology

The global pro AV market has grown 
and evolved significantly over the 
last 25 years with both cultural and 
technological changes increasing  
the demand for AV solutions.

There are multiple demand drivers  
in the AV industry including:

•  Cost savings – reducing people 
costs, for example using touch 
screens to take orders in food 
outlets, and reducing waste  
by eliminating single use 
marketing materials

• 

Improved effectiveness/efficiency 
– improved learning, for example 
collaborative solutions give 
teachers real time analysis of 
students’ understanding of lessons

•  Competitive advantage – 

improved customer proposition, 
for example, extensive use  
of innovative AV solutions 
enhances audience experience  
at live events

Home Cinema Room
Part of the new demonstration 
facility at Innovation House, UK.

•  Environmental considerations 
– reduced carbon footprint, for 
example, unified communications 
allow highly productive meetings 
to take place without the need for 
people to travel

failed to significantly dampen growth 
in the market. Fundamentally, we 
believe that the multiple demand 
drivers for AV solutions have an 
appeal in periods of economic growth 
and more challenging times.

•  User expectations/social trends 
– people now expect to use 
technology in both the workplace 
and in their interactions with 
retail/leisure providers

•  Safeguarding – improved safety 
solutions, for example, the use 
of high-end audio solutions to 
improve evacuation procedures at 
large venues

Continued research and development 
in the sector is expected to create 
further advances, increasing 
applications and therefore use of AV. 

In addition, there is an established 
renewal cycle for AV products, 
ensuring a base level of demand.

Economic recovery since the global 
recession has also been beneficial  
for the AV market, albeit even  
a more benign corporate and 
consumer investment environment 

Industry forecasts indicate that  
the global market for AV is expected 
to grow at a compound annual 
growth rate of 5.7% over the five years 
to 2024.

How we’re responding
Midwich is a specialist distributor 
serving only the trade market and 
specialising in AV equipment.

We believe that our primary role  
is to facilitate growth in the markets  
in which we operate and that our 
ability to help our manufacturer 
partners to gain access and grow 
their businesses is a particular 
strength of the Group.

The Group has a long-standing 
programme of supplementing its 
organic growth with the acquisition 
of smaller businesses which provide 
it with access to new products, 
sectors and geographical markets. 

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Our general strategy is to acquire 
businesses which not only add to 
the Group’s capabilities, but which 
provide exciting opportunities for 
growth and widen our addressable 
market. We continue to have 
significant success with this strategy.

The Group accesses new 
technologies and applications 
through close contact with 
innovative manufacturer partners. 
Our intimate knowledge of the AV 
market and trends means that  
we are able to feed into 
manufacturer product development 
programmes. This helps our partners 
to develop and exploit commercially 
focused products.

The organisation of our sales and 
marketing operations, backed 
by strong product and technical 
knowledge, helps us to develop 
markets for technologies at the  
early stage of their life cycle.

The Group continues to invest 
in training facilities which we 
use to educate our customers in 
specific technologies and market 
development opportunities.

Increased use of 
distributors as 
intermediaries in the  
AV supply chain by  
large manufacturers

The use of distributors is well 
established in the AV market and 
has increased in recent years. 
The distribution model allows the 
manufacturers to reach a large 
and fragmented customer base 
without the need for investment 
in substantial sales and marketing, 
technical support and logistics 
activities. A value added distributor 

helps manufacturers grow faster 
whilst reducing their costs and 
financial risk.

In addition, the distribution model 
helps AV integrators develop the 
right solutions for their customers, 
which are often made up of 
products from multiple vendors. This 
enhances the growth of the overall 
AV industry and increases customer 
satisfaction. It also allows the 
distributor to share broad market 
feedback with the manufactures 
which helps inform long-term 
product development.

How we’re responding
The Group’s long-standing 
relationships with over 500 vendors, 
including blue-chip organisations 
such as Samsung, LG, Epson and 
NEC, supports a comprehensive 
product portfolio across major 
audio visual categories such as large 
format displays, projectors, technical 
and professional video, audio and 
digital signage. The Group operates 
as the sole or largest in-country 
distributor for many of its vendors 
in their respective product sets. We 
attribute this position to the Group’s 
technical expertise, extensive 
product knowledge, focused sales 
capability and strong customer 
service offering built up over many 
years.

The Group offers a range of 
support to our customers, including 
demonstrating products, training 
their staff, providing technical 
advice, logistics, and post-sales 
support. We have a large and 
diverse base of over 20,000 
customers, most of which are 
professional AV integrators and 
IT resellers serving sectors such 
as corporate, education, retail, 
residential and hospitality.

Case study
Custom LED Sphere 
at Queensland 
University of 
Technology
The Sphere is the 5m diameter, 
3.5 tonne centrepiece of the 
Education Faculty building on 
QUT’s Kelvin Grove campus. 
It might look like a giant show 
stopper but its intent is to do 
more than blow visitors’ minds; 
rather, it’s a legitimate data 
visualisation and research tool for 
teacher training.

Gavin Winter is QUT’s 
Visualisation and eResearch 
Manager: “My mantra is to make 
a high-impact and memorable 
experience for our end users 
and The Sphere is doing that. It’s 
probably the most complicated 
object we’ve been given to create 
and we’re yet to totally bed it in, 
but it’s already performing.”

“ The Sphere is 
so imposing 
that you have 
to engage with 
it differently”
Gavin Winter 
QUT’s Visualisation and 
eResearch Manager

08

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM 09
 MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   8

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:19

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   9

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:20

Our
Business Model

The audio visual equipment industry value chain
Midwich Group is part of a larger value chain in the audio visual equipment industry. 
This is shown below, along with the value exchange between each member of the value chain.

Midwich Group’s business model

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

AV 
manufacturers
Develop and 
manufacture products 
across multiple AV 
categories, such as 
displays, projectors, 
video, audio and 
digital signage.

Midwich 
Group
Midwich Group 
distributes AV 
products to the  
trade market.

Trade 
market
The AV trade market is 
formed of professional 
AV integrators and IT 
resellers. AV integrators 
assess their clients’ 
needs and develop  
an integrated solution, 
utilising various AV 
products.

End  
users
End users of AV 
products broadly 
cover the corporate, 
events, government, 
education, retail, 
hospitality,  
healthcare and 
residential markets.

Value 
exchange

Value 
exchange

Value 
exchange

Value that AV 
manufacturers get  
from Midwich: 

Value that the trade 
market gets from 
Midwich: 

Value that the trade 
market gets from  
end users:

•  Market focus and scale
• Support, attention and 

market intelligence

• Profiled customer base 
with targeted sales and 
marketing

• Industry leading events  

to interact with customers 
and end users

• Ability to support  

multi-national projects
• Efficient logistics and 

product support

Value that Midwich gets 
from AV manufacturers:

• Access to high quality 
products to distribute  
to its customers, often  
on an exclusive or  
number one basis

• Ability to influence product 

development and early 
access to new technology

• AV product training, 

informing users of the 
value proposition

•  Proactive help to sell and 
deliver successful projects

•  Customers for the  

AV products

• Feedback on their needs 

from the AV market 

Value that the end  
user gets from the  
trade market:

• Advice and assistance on 
the AV products and the 
solution that they require 
to meet their needs 

• Integration and installation 

of the AV products 
to ensure that all the 
products work well 
together as one solution
• Ongoing monitoring and 

support of AV installations

• Unrivalled depth  
of product and  
technical expertise

• Widest product range  
and an ability to offer 
complete solutions
• Demonstration and 

training facilities

• Credit team knowledge 

and support

• Technical specifications 

and marketing for different 
vertical markets

• Strong relationship 
management skills

• 100% trade focus builds 

high customer trust

Value that Midwich gets 
from the trade market:

• Customers for AV 

products

• Opportunities to support 
multi-national customers 
across geographies

• Market knowledge and  

end user feedback

10

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key resources  
and capabilities

Activities 

Value created  
for stakeholders

Broad geographic footprint
Midwich is a specialist distributor 
serving only the trade market 
and specialising in audio visual 
equipment. With initial operations 
in the UK, the Group has 
expanded its footprint to include 
Ireland, Continental European 
(Benelux, France, Germany, 
Switzerland, Norway, Italy and 
Iberia), North America (the US) 
and Asia Pacific (Australia, New 
Zealand, Hong Kong, Malaysia 
and Singapore).

Relationships with AV 
manufacturers 
Long-standing relationships  
with over 500 vendors, including 
blue-chip organisations such  
as Samsung, LG, Epson and  
NEC, support a comprehensive  
product portfolio across major  
AV categories such as large 
format displays, projectors, 
technical and professional  
video, audio and digital signage.

Relationships with over 
20,000 trade customers 
We have a large and diverse 
base of over 20,000 customers, 
most of which are professional 
AV integrators and IT resellers 
serving sectors such as  
corporate, education, retail, 
residential and hospitality. 

Acquisition track record
The Group has a long-standing 
programme of supplementing 
its organic growth with the 
acquisition of smaller businesses 
which provide it with access 
to new products, sectors and 
geographical markets.

Technical expertise and 
product knowledge 
We believe that we have the 
largest team of AV industry 
experts in the world, which  
allows us to differentiate our 
business and add value to  
both our manufacturers and  
our customers.

Financial capital 
The Group’s strong balance  
sheet and cash conversion 
record provide capital to invest  
in further growth.

Market leading AV 
distribution
The Group operates as the sole 
or largest in-country distributor 
for many of its vendors in their 
respective product sets. We 
attribute this position to the 
Group’s technical expertise, 
extensive product knowledge, 
focused sales capability and 
strong customer service offering 
built up over many years.

Working with customers 
to understand their 
requirements and assist  
with delivering projects 
The Group offers a range of 
support to our customers, 
including demonstrating 
products, training their staff, 
providing technical advice, 
logistics, and post-sales support.

Integrating and growing 
acquired companies
We work closely with acquired 
companies to integrate them into 
the Group while retaining their 
entrepreneurial spirit.

We acquire businesses which 
not only add to the Group’s 
capabilities, but that we can help 
to provide exciting opportunities 
for growth and widen our 
addressable market. 

Researching and keeping  
up to date with trends  
in the AV market 
We have a strong team of 
business management experts 
whose roles includes the 
identification and assessment of 
new products and technologies. 

Working capital 
management
We use our expertise and 
propriety tools and analysis to 
help all our businesses maintain  
a disciplined approach to 
working capital management 
and cash generation.

Trade customers
The depth and breadth of 
expertise within the Group 
ensures that our customers 
receive high quality advice 
on products and technical 
applications, backed by training 
and demonstration facilities, 
broad and deep inventory 
holdings and efficient logistics. 
This helps our customers to win 
and deliver successful projects.

AV manufacturers
Through our distribution 
reach, we can grow the market 
share of the products of our 
AV manufacturer partners in 
addition to providing critical 
market feedback.

Employees
We offer training and 
development to our employees, 
which keeps them engaged 
with the Group and also ensures 
that our employees develop 
the technical expertise and 
product knowledge required to 
service our customers, as well as 
providing career opportunities.

Shareholders
The Group is financially 
successful, with a track record  
of growing revenue and 
operating profit.

From IPO (2016) to the end  
of 2019, the Group has created 
over £250m of increased 
shareholder value through 
market capitalisation growth  
and dividends.

 MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
 MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

11

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   10

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:22

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   11

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:24

Our
Strategy

The Group’s growth strategy has been, and continues to be, both organic and inorganic.

Our success in sourcing, executing and integrating our chosen acquisitions underpins this growth 
strategy. The Group takes a disciplined approach to acquisitions, seeking to add capital value without  
an adverse impact on the existing business. We have a strong ongoing pipeline of opportunities.

Technology, product 
and vendor selection  
in established markets, 
in order to maximise  
the value we can add  
to customers

Providing value added solutions 
to our vendors and customers 
to improve gross margin in our 
established markets. 

Progress
•  Long-term track record  

of gross margin improvement 
as the Group has increased  
its mix of technical and value 
add sales.

•  Sales of technical products 
(which required greater 
expertise to sell and support) 
have been growing as a 
proportion of overall revenue.

Future Focus
•  Continued focus on value 

added AV solutions that 
enhance the Group’s offering 
and gross margins. 

Link to risks

1   3   4

Gaining profitable 
market share in 
developing markets

Increase our share of less mature 
markets with an emphasis on 
higher margin value added 
technical solutions.

Progress
•  Midwich has a track record 

of acquiring complementary 
businesses and then assisting 
them to grow.

• 

In the last few years, the Group 
has completed complementary 
acquisitions in developing 
markets that have accelerated 
growth and added to our 
technical product offerings.

Future Focus
•  Further work with our 

manufacturer partners to 
rapidly develop our offering in 
these countries and widen our 
addressable market.

Link to risks

1   2   5  

Identifying profitable 
new markets (whether 
geographical, customer 
or technology) 
which the Group can 
enter, either through 
acquisition or through 
a new start-up

Carefully selected and vetted 
opportunities to enter new 
geographies that help us grow 
our vendor and customer base 
and support the growth plans of 
our international manufacturers 
and AV integrator partners.

Progress
•  Strategic entry into ten new 
countries in the last three 
years, including three new 
countries in 2019 (Italy, 
Switzerland and Norway).

•  Small organic start-ups in both 
South East Asia (Core AV) and 
Benelux (Broadcast) in 2019. 

•  Entry into the North American 

market post year end. 

Future Focus
•  Ongoing geographic 
expansion through  
acquisition of carefully 
selected complementary 
specialist AV businesses.

Link to risks

2   5   6  

  Read more about Our Risks on page 22
  Read more about Our Risks on page 22

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Key performance indicators
How we performed in 2019

1

Countries with a 
presence

17 1

6

7
1

4
1

1
1

2

Revenue 
growth 

20%

%
4
2

%
5
1

%
1
2

%
0
2

3

Gross 
margin

16.5%

%
5
6
1

.

%
5
5
1

.

%
3
5
1

.

%
5
6
1

.

4

Cash flow 
conversion2

69%

%
2
% 9
4
8

%
6
4

%
9
6

6
1

7
1

8
1

9
1

6
1

7
1

8
1

9
1

6
1

7
1

8
1

9
1

6
1

7
1

8
1

9
1

1. After the year end the Group entered North America bringing the number of total countries with a presence to eighteen
2. Restated to reflect the adoption of IFRS 16. Adjusted measures are also restated to include amortisation of patents and software

The number of 
countries in which 
the Group has 
operations

Change in total 
revenue vs prior 
year at constant 
currency

Why we use this measure
Revenue growth (at 
constant currency) is often 
an indicator of the financial 
health of the Group. It 
may indicate the Group is 
participating in a growing 
market or has gained 
market share, or both.

Performance
The Group continued to 
grow strongly in 2019 with 
total growth of 20.1%, made 
up of 6.0% organic growth 
and a strong contribution 
from acquisitions made in 
2018 and 2019.

Target
The Group aims to grow 
its revenue at a faster rate 
than the overall market to 
increase its market share.

Why we use this measure
Geographic footprint is an 
indicator of our ability to 
support customers, end users 
and vendors with global 
project roll-outs, in addition  
to scale and the opportunity 
to further grow revenue.

Performance
The Group continued to 
increase its international 
presence in 2019, both 
broadening its product range 
with a specialist lighting 
acquisition in Spain and 
entering new geographies 
through acquisitions in Italy, 
Switzerland and Norway 
and opening an office in 
Singapore. After the period 
end we also entered the North 
American market through the 
acquisition of Starin, which 
gives us a presence in the 
world’s largest AV market 
and increases our direct 
representation in the global 
AV market to over 50%.

Target
Entry into at least one new 
geographical market per 
annum. 

Adjusted operating 
cash flow as a 
percentage of 
adjusted EBITDA

Why we use this measure
Cash flow conversion 
measures the ability of the 
Group to generate cash 
from its operations as a 
function of turning stock  
to sales to cash quickly.  
It gives an indication as  
to the ability of the Group 
to pay its dividend and  
self-fund investments. 

Performance
Despite challenging market 
conditions towards the end 
of 2019, the operating cash 
conversion was broadly in 
line with our expectations 
and the long-term average.

Target
Over 70% of EBITDA. 

Gross profit  
as a percentage  
of revenue

Why we use this measure
An increase in the gross 
margin would suggest 
an improved competitive 
positioning from year to 
year either through carrying 
a greater range of products 
that require a technical 
sale, stronger relations with 
customers and vendors, or 
greater buying power, or a 
combination of each.

Performance
The majority of the Group’s 
revenue growth in 2019 
was achieved in the slightly 
lower margin Continental 
Europe region. Despite 
this, and in the context of a 
tough economic backdrop, 
the Group was pleased to 
maintain gross margin at 
prior year levels, which had 
increased strongly on 2018.

Target
Maintain or increase gross 
margin each year. 

12

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
 MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

13

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   12

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:26

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   13

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:26

Our
Managing Director’s Review

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

In 2019, Midwich 
celebrated its 40th 
anniversary. Growing 
organically, and by 
acquisition, the Board 
believes that Midwich 
Group is the largest 
specialist AV distributor  
in the world.

year, illustrating the strength of our 
performance relative to the market  
as a whole.

Continued investment 
strengthens our offering 
for the future
In order to continue to build a successful 
long-term business, the Group has a 
strategy of continual and measured 
investment. In 2019 we invested in a 
number of areas, the main benefits of 
which we expect to realise in future years:

•  Four acquisitions expanded our 

presence in Continental Europe, in 
addition to strengthening our position 
in the lighting and audio markets;

•  We opened a major new UK facility  

in Bracknell (“Innovation House”). This 
50,000 square foot showroom and 
office is believed to be the largest 
multi-vendor experience centre in 
the UK, and houses extensive training 
rooms and dedicated repairs and 
maintenance facilities in addition to 
space for eighty technical personnel;

•  We opened new offices in Singapore 

and the Netherlands;

•  Successfully migrated the first  
Group company onto our new  
ERP system; and 

•  Continued to develop our  

central team in order to support  
our acquisition strategy, in  
addition to providing further 
compliance resource.

Continued evolution of the 
management structure
Any fast-growing international 
business needs to constantly review its 
management structures. At the start of 
2019 we established an Executive Board 
responsible for determining and driving 
operational strategy across the Group. 
This team comprises the Group Managing 
and Finance Directors as well as the 
Managing Directors for each of our three 
operating units.

Celebrating 40 years 
In 2019, Midwich celebrated its 40th 
anniversary. The business started in 
1979 as a distributor of computers and 
computer components and was initially 
run out of a converted barn in the East 
of England. Midwich started to sell AV 
products when the first projectors came 
onto the market in the mid-1990s. Around 
fifteen years ago the Board decided to 
focus the business on the AV market – 
initially in the UK and then expanding 
across the globe. 

Growing organically, and by acquisition, 
the Board believes that Midwich Group  
is the largest specialist AV distributor  
in the world.

Operating in a more 
challenging market
The AV industry has experienced a 
long-term average annual growth rate 
of around 4%, with stronger years being 
interrupted by occasionally tougher 
years. The market in 2019 was one of 
those tougher years, with global macro 
factors such as the US/China trade 
dispute impacting the world economy, 
with a knock-on impact on our industry. 
Having been relatively resilient to the 
uncertainty of Brexit, the UK AV market 
uncertainty of Brexit, the UK AV market 
slowed significantly in the latter half of 
slowed significantly in the latter half of 
the year. In Continental Europe, political 
the year. In Continental Europe, political 
uncertainty in countries such as Spain 
uncertainty in countries such as Spain 
and Italy, and a slowdown in the German 
and Italy, and a slowdown in the German 
manufacturing sector contributed to 
manufacturing sector contributed to 
more challenging conditions. In Asia 
more challenging conditions. In Asia 
Pacific, after many years of strong capital 
Pacific, after many years of strong capital 
investment, the Australian economy took 
investment, the Australian economy took 
a pause for breath.
a pause for breath.

Consistency of service 
Consistency of service 
backed by strong finances
backed by strong finances
We believe that tougher market 
We believe that tougher market 
conditions highlight the underlying 
conditions highlight the underlying 
strengths of our business. In a 
strengths of our business. In a 
challenging market, our customers  
challenging market, our customers  
and vendors need the support of  
and vendors need the support of  

a strong specialist distributor, such  
a strong specialist distributor, such  
as Midwich, more than ever. Operating 
as Midwich, more than ever. Operating 
to a consistently high level, the 
to a consistently high level, the 
business grew strongly in a market 
business grew strongly in a market 
that we believe was at best flat, 
that we believe was at best flat, 
and in many cases down on the 
and in many cases down on the 
previous year. Internally, one of 
previous year. Internally, one of 
our key measures is of the share 
our key measures is of the share 
of our vendors’ business that 
of our vendors’ business that 
we represent. In this respect we 
we represent. In this respect we 
believe that many of our market 
believe that many of our market 
shares grew significantly in the 
shares grew significantly in the 

Strong financial 
performance
Midwich delivered strong growth  
in 2019, with revenue for the year of 
£686.2 million (2018: £573.7 million), an 
increase of 20.1% on a constant currency 
basis. This performance resulted from 
strong revenue growth in Continental 
Europe (45.2%) and Asia Pacific (44.1%), 
with the UK and Ireland being relatively 
flat year on year due to previously 
identified tough market conditions. Of 
the overall 20.1% revenue growth, 6% was 
organic, with strong growth in Continental 
Europe of 15.2% being offset to some 
extent by low growth in Asia Pacific  
and a flat UK and Ireland.

Group gross profit increased by 19.6% 
to £113.1 million (2018: 29.3% to £94.6 
million). The growth in gross profit was 
in line with the increase in revenue. The 
Group’s gross margin remained at 16.5%, 
having increased substantially from 15.5% 
in 2018. 

Our adjusted operating profit margin 
reduced from 5.3% to 4.9%, with 
investments in the central support team 
and in start-up businesses accounting 
for a substantial portion of the reduction. 
Adjusted profit before tax increased 
by 8.5% (at constant currency) to £31.2 
million. Adjusted profit after tax increased 
7.3% to £23.8 million (2018: £22.2 million) 
and adjusted earnings per share increased 
4.7% (2018: 19.3%) to 28.49 pence (2018: 
27.20 pence). Reported profit before tax 
increased by 13.1% to £23.8 million (2018: 
£21.0 million) and reported earnings per 
share increased by 17.1% to 21.67 pence 
(2018: 18.5 pence).

Key events in 2019
2019 saw a number of important events 
for our business, including:

•  Continued development of  
our broadcast, lighting and  
audio capabilities;

•  Entry into three new European 
territories through acquisition – 
Italy (Prase), Norway (AV Partner) 
and Switzerland (MobilePro) – and 
strengthening our lighting business  
in Spain through the acquisition of 
EES; and

•  Further development of the 

South East Asian market through 
the establishment of an office in 
Singapore.

We acquired Zurich-based market  
leading AV distributor MobilePro in 
January 2019. The acquisition gave  
us access to the Swiss market and now 
forms part of our DACH region (Austria, 
Germany, and Switzerland) alongside 
Kern & Stelly and New Media. We have 
started to add new brands into the 
business since the acquisition.

AV Partner is an Oslo-based distributor 
of largely mainstream AV products, with 
a particular focus on projection. The 
company has a very experienced team 
and was acquired in May 2019.

Prase is a highly regarded Italian audio 
and video distributor operating in the 
install, rental, broadcast and musical 
instrument channels. The company is 
based in Venice and its team of 41 has 
undertaken an impressive list of  
blue-chip projects. Prase joined the  
Group in February 2019.

Entertainment Equipment Supplies 
(“EES”) is based in San Sebastian, 
northern Spain and is a value-add 
distributor of lighting and lighting 
infrastructure products, with particular 
focus on the live events and retail sectors. 
The company was acquired in July 2019 
and represents a strong strategic fit with 
our existing Spanish business Earpro.

Covid-19
At the time of writing, incidents of the 
Covid-19 virus are growing outside China. 
Although we have seen little impact on 
the business to date, the Board considers 
that the situation represents a potential 
challenge to product supply, customer 
demand and our operations in 2020. 
We consider that Midwich is a financially 
sound business, with a strong market 
position and management team and the 
Board will continue to closely monitor  
the situation and react accordingly.

Outlook
Market conditions since the end of 
2019 have continued to be challenging, 
although we have seen an increase in 
the level of customer enquiries and 
quotations across a number of territories.

We continue to see growth opportunities 
across all of our markets and geographies 
driven by increasing demand from end 
users as well as continued innovation and 
new products from our manufacturer 
partners. There is also a continued trend 
in the increasing use and need for high 
quality distributors such as Midwich to 

support the professional AV market. As a 
result, we continue to exploit a significant 
number of organic growth opportunities 
from targeting new vendors while 
continuing to grow our customer base. 

We are pursuing acquisition opportunities 
that fit within our strategic focus  
of adding new product ranges, 
capabilities or geographies to our  
existing portfolio. At present, excluding 
any potential impact of the Covid-19  
virus, the Board’s expectations for  
the full year remain unchanged.

In February 2020, Midwich acquired the 
entire issued share capital of Starin. Based 
in Chesterton, Indiana, the acquisition of 
Starin represents the Group’s entry into 
the US market – the largest in the world. 
Starin has a particular strength in audio, 
technical video and UC technologies. 
We believe that this acquisition not only 
gives Midwich access to the US market 
(the largest in the world and around 
20% greater than the whole European 
market) but also improves our capacity 
to support international roll-out projects 
and strengthens our capabilities in the 
growing unified communications market. 
After the period end, we also completed 
the acquisition of the trade and assets 
of Vantage Systems Pty Limited, an 
Australian UC business.

Simultaneously with the acquisition of 
Starin, the Company raised £39.7 million 
through a placing with existing and new 
shareholders. The net proceeds of the 
Placing were used to repay the debt 
facilities drawn down in relation to the 
acquisition of Starin and will provide 
additional resources to fund further 
acquisitions as part of the Group’s 
ongoing targeted acquisition strategy.

The Board is continuing to pursue its 
established strategy and is pleased with 
the progress made during 2019 despite 
tough market conditions. Trading in 
the first two months of 2020 has been 
stable and gives the Board confidence in 
delivering 2020 performance in line with 
its existing expectations.

Stephen Fenby
Managing Director

14

 MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
 MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

15

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   14

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:30

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   15

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:30

“ Daepuda ecturContinued 

growth from a tendit 

proven model ro beat 

magnissunt mo dolorecae 

velente ni dis ea volo 

magnatu ribus.”

Stephen Fenby 

Managing Director

 
Our
Operational Review

UK and Ireland

Continental Europe

Asia Pacific

Technologies

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

The UK and Ireland division is our most established region. 
We achieved revenue of £314.6 million, broadly in line 
with last year (2018: £315.8 million) despite tough market 
conditions in the second half of the year. The UK and Ireland 
segment saw a 4% underlying growth in core AV products 
and improved its share of business with a number of major 
vendors. Total revenue was impacted by the exit of a small 
range of consumer products and the managed reduction of 
the Document Solutions business, which represented less 
than 7% of the segment’s revenue in 2019.

The displays (particularly LED) and broadcast product sets 
grew particularly strongly in the UK and Ireland segment. 
Such changes to the product mix in the UK & Ireland led to 
further improvement in the gross profit margin from 17.4% to 
17.6%. The increase in adjusted operating profit of 1.6% was 
positively impacted by the improved gross profit margin and 
negatively impacted by certain one-off property costs along 
with the investments in Innovation House.

The Continental European region comprises our businesses 
in France, Germany, Switzerland, Benelux, Norway, Italy and 
Iberia. 

We improved revenue by 44.6% to £321.0 million (2018: 
42.2% to £222.0 million), helped by the acquisitions of Prase, 
Mobile Pro, AV Partners and EES, together with the full year 
effect of prior year acquisitions. Underlying revenue growth 
(excluding the effects of acquisitions and currency changes) 
was 15.2% (2018: 20.4%).

All product categories grew strongly in Continental Europe, 
with technical video, audio and lighting showing the greatest 
improvement. The gross margins in each of these categories 
are above average for the region. Overall changes to the 
country and product mix in Continental Europe led to an 
improvement in the gross profit margin from 14.9% to 15.2% 
and an increase in the adjusted operating profit of 37.3% to 
£14.1 million (2018: 36.9% to £10.3 million).

Our Asia Pacific region achieved a 41.2% (2018: 11.8%) 
growth in sales to £50.6m (2018: £35.9 million) with 
the biggest contribution coming for the acquisition of 
Blonde Robot in December 2018. 

The gross margin percentage reduced from 18.4% to 
17.7% as the exceptional level of high margin project 
activity in 2018 was not repeated.

Adjusted operating profit, which included start-up costs 
for the launch of a South East Asia AV business during 
the year, declined by 7.5% (2018: +14%) from £2.9 million 
to £2.7 million.

Revenue

£314.6m

Gross profit

17.6%

Revenue

£321m

Gross profit

15.2%

Revenue

£50.6m

Gross profit

17.7%

.

8
5
1
3
£

.

6
4
1
3
£

.

7
3
8
2
£

7
4
2
£

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

Subsidiaries

9
1
0
2

.

6
7
1

4
7.
1

.

2
6
1

.

9
5
1

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

1
2
3

2
2
2

.

2
6
5
1

7
7.
9

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

Subsidiaries

2

.

5
1

.

9
4
1

.

9
3
1

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

.

3
3
1

6
1
0
2

7
7.
1

.

4
8
1

.

7
7
1

.

2
6
1

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

.

6
0
5

.

9
5
3

.

5
5
2

1
.
2
3

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

Subsidiaries

The Displays category is the largest technology category 
for the Group, accounting for 39.8% of Group revenue 
in 2019 (2018: 43.3%). This category grew 10.2% (2018: 
23.7%) in the year, with strong growth in interactive sales 
across the Group and large format displays in Germany, 
the Benelux and Iberia

Projection represented 17.4% of Group revenue (2018: 
18.4%), with sales increasing by around 13% in the year 
mostly due to the acquisition of AV Partner. We believe 
that the overall long-term trend is for certain parts of the 
projector market to be replaced by displays, and we are 
well placed to capitalise on that trend

Sales of technical products, which include Audio, 
Broadcast, Lighting, LED and Technical Video rose by an 
aggregate of 43.2% (2018: 54.7%). In aggregate, these 
technical product categories constituted 31.9% of Group 
sales in the year (2018: 26.4%), with most technical 
product categories enjoying gross margins in excess 
of the Group average. We believe that our technical 
expertise, focus and scale mean that the Group is the de 
facto distributor of choice for customers and vendors 
involved in complex, technically challenging projects.

Display

Projection

Technical

LED

Broadcast

Audio

Lighting

Unified Comms

16

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
 MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

17

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   16

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:32

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   17

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:33

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Our
Financial Review

We achieved further 
strong growth in  
2019, generated  
strong operating cash 
flow and added to our 
debt facilities to enable 
further acquisition 
growth.

We achieved further strong growth in 2019 with revenue increasing by 19.6% to 
£686.2 million (2018: £573.7 million). Excluding the impact of acquisitions and 
currency movements, organic revenue growth was 6.0% (2018: 8.7%). Gross 
profit margin was in line with the prior year at 16.5%. 

Adjusted operating profit of £33.5 million (2018: £30.3 million) increased by 11.0% 
at constant currency (2018: 20.5%). Operating profit before adjustments was 
£24.9 million (2018: £24.9 million).

Statutory financial highlights

Year to 31
December
2019
£m

Year to 31
December
20181
£m

686.2
113.1
24.9
23.8
18.2
21.67

573.7
94.6
24.9
21.0
15.3
18.50

Total
growth
%

19.6
19.6
 0.0
13.1
19.3
17.1

Revenue
Gross profit
Operating profit
Profit before tax
Profit after tax
Basic EPS – pence

Adjusted financial highlights2

Year to 31
December
2019
£m

Year to 31
December
20181
£m

Total
growth
%

Growth at
constant
currency
%

Revenue
Gross profit
Gross profit
Gross profit margin %
Gross profit margin %
Adjusted operating profit
Adjusted operating profit
Adjusted profit before tax
Adjusted profit before tax
Adjusted profit after tax
Adjusted profit after tax
Adjusted EPS – pence
Adjusted EPS – pence

686.2
113.1
16.5%
33.5
31.2
23.8
28.49

573.7
94.6
16.5
30.3
28.9
22.2
27.20

19.6
19.6

10.6
8.0
7.3
4.7

20.1
20.1

11.0
8.5
7.7

The Group’s operating segments are the UK and Ireland, Continental Europe and Asia Pacific. The Group is supported  
by a central team. 

Regional highlights

Revenue
UK and Ireland
Continental Europe
Asia Pacific

Total Global

Gross profit margin
UK and Ireland
Continental Europe
Asia Pacific

Total Global

Adjusted operating profit2
UK and Ireland
Continental Europe
Asia Pacific
Group costs

Total Global

Adjusted finance costs
Adjusted profit before tax2

Organic 
growth
%

(0.3)
15.2
4.4

6.0

Year to 31
December
2019
£m

Year to 31
December
20181
£m

Total
growth
%

Growth at
constant
currency
%

314.6
321.0
50.6
686.2

17.6%
15.2%
17.7%
16.5%

19.9
14.1
2.7
(3.2)
33.5

(2.3)
31.2

315.8
222.0
35.9

573.7

17.4
14.9
18.4

16.5

19.6
10.3
2.9
(2.5)

30.3

(1.4)

28.9

(0.4)
44.6
41.2

19.6

(0.3)
45.2
44.1

20.1

+0.2 ppts
+0.3 ppts
(0.7) ppts

1.6
37.3
(7.5)

1.6
37.9
(5.2)

10.6

11.0

8.0

8.5

1. Restated to reflect the adoption of IFRS 16. Adjusted measures are also restated to include amortisation of patents and software.  
2. Definitions of the alternative performance measures are set out in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements.

1. Restated to reflect the adoption of IFRS 16. Adjusted measures are also restated to include 
1.  Restated to reflect the adoption of IFRS 16. Adjusted measures are also restated to include 

amortisation of patents and software. 
amortisation of patents and software. 

The financial performance of each segment during the year was:

2. Definitions of the alternative performance measures are set out on page 85.
2. Definitions of the alternative performance measures are set out on page 85.

UK and Ireland 

Continental Europe 

Asia Pacific

Currency movements had a limited impact across the Group in 2019.  
Currency movements had a limited impact across the Group in 2019.  
On a constant currency basis, growth in revenue was 20.1% (2018: 21.4%) and 
On a constant currency basis, growth in revenue was 20.1% (2018: 21.4%) and 

growth in adjusted profit after tax was 7.7% (2018: 19.8%). 
growth in adjusted profit after tax was 7.7% (2018: 19.8%). 

The UK and Ireland segment revenue 
reduced by 0.4% (2018: +11.3%) to 
£314.6 million (2018: £315.8 million) 
generating gross profit of £55.3 million 
(2018: £54.9 million) at a gross profit 
margin of 17.6% (2018: 17.4%). This 
resulted in an adjusted operating profit 
of £19.9 million (2018: £19.6 million), an 
increase of 1.6% (2018: 17.2%). Organic 
revenue growth, excluding the effects 
of acquisitions in the current and prior 
period was -0.3% (2018: 1.8%).  

The Continental Europe segment 
revenue grew 44.6% (2018: 42.2%) to 
£321.0 million (2018: £222.0 million). 
Gross profit increased to £48.8 million 
(2018: £33.1 million) at a gross profit 
margin of 15.2% (2018: 14.9%) leading 
to an adjusted operating profit of 
£14.1 million (2018: £10.3 million) that 
increased 37.3% (2018: 36.9%). In 
constant currency, revenue grew 45.2% 
(2018: 40.5%) and adjusted operating 
profit grew 37.9% (2018: 35.6%). 
Organic revenue growth, excluding the 
effects of acquisitions in the current 
and prior period, increased by 15.2% 
(2018: 20.4%).

The Asia Pacific segment revenue grew 
41.2% to £50.6 million (2018: £35.9 
million) generating gross profit of £9.0 
million (2018: £6.6 million) at a gross 
profit margin of 17.7% (2018: 18.4%). A 
change in project mix and the impact 
of investment in South East Asia 
resulted in an adjusted operating profit 
of £2.7 million (2018: £2.9 million), a 
decrease of 7.5% (2018: +14.0%). On 
constant currency basis, revenue grew 
by 44.1% (2018: 18.0%) and adjusted 
operating profit fell 5.2% (2018: 
+20.4%). Organic revenue growth, 
excluding the effects of acquisitions in 
the current and prior period, increased 
by 4.4% (2018: 13.4%).

18

 MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
 MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

19

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   18

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:37

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   19

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Our
Financial Review continued

Group costs
Group costs for the year were  
£3.2 million (2018: £2.5 million).  
The increase largely reflects the full 
year effect of additional investments 
in legal, compliance, information 
technology and acquisition and 
business integration capabilities  
to support the Group’s growth 
strategy made in in the prior year.

Adjusted finance costs
Adjusted finance costs increased from 
£1.4 million to £2.3 million in 2019 as 
a result of additional interest costs 
attributable to the level of acquisition 
activity in the year and the associated 
increase in net debt. 

Profit before tax
Profit before tax for the year increased 
13.1% (2018: 11.5%) to £23.8 million 
(2018: £21.0 million), while adjusted 
profit before tax increased 8.5% (2018: 
19.9%), at constant currency, to £31.2 
million (2018: £28.9 million).

Tax
The adjusted effective tax rate  
was 23.7% in 2019, representing  
a small increase on (2018: 23.3%) 
which reflects an increase in the  
mix of profits arising in higher  
tax jurisdictions.

Earnings per share 
Basic earnings per share is calculated 
on the total profit of the Group 
attributable to shareholders. Basic EPS 
for the year was 21.67p (2018: 18.50p), 
representing growth of 17.1% (2018: 
9.0%). Diluted EPS was 21.31p (2018: 
18.33p). Adjusted EPS grew by 4.7% 
(2018: 19.3%) to 28.49p (2018: 27.20p).

Dividend
The Board has recommended a final 
dividend of 11.05 pence per share 
(2018: 10.60 pence per share) which, 
together with the interim dividend 
of 4.85p paid in October 2019 gives 
a final dividend of 15.90 pence per 
share for 2019 (2018: 15.20 pence per 
share). If approved by shareholders at 
the general meeting, the final dividend 
will be paid on 19 June 2020 to those 
shareholders on the register on  
15 May 2020.

20

Cash flow

Adjustments to reporting results 

Adjusted operating profit
Add back depreciation and unadjusted amortisation
Adjusted EBITDA
Increase in stocks
Increase in debtors
Increase in creditors2
Adjusted cash flow from operations
EBITDA cash conversion

Year to 31
December
2019
£m

Year to 31
December
20181
£m

33.5
5.5
39.0
(5.1)
(7.7)
0.9
27.1
69.5%

30.3
4.3
34.6
(9.4)
(3.2)
10.0
32.0
92.3%

1. Restated to reflect the adoption of IFRS 16.  
2. Excluding the movement in accruals for employer taxes on share based payments.

The Group’s adjusted operating cash flow conversion, calculated comparing adjusted 
cash flow from operations with adjusted EBITDA, was 69.5% compared to 92.3% for 
the prior year. The performance for the current year reflects typical working capital 
movements for the business and is broadly in line with our long-term average of 
between 70 and 80%. 

Gross capital spend on tangible assets was £5.8 million (2018: £2.4 million). Rental 
assets accounted for £1.8 million (2018: £1.3 million) of this spend. Capital expenditure 
included £1.5 million on our new UK facility and £1.0 million on plant and equipment 
(2018: £1.0 million). Intangible asset additions in 2019 include £1.8 million (2018: £0.6m) 
in relation to the Group’s new ERP solution.

Net debt
The Group’s reported net debt was 
impacted by the retrospective adoption 
of IFRS 16 during the year. IFRS 16 
increased the net debt position previously 
reported for 31 December 2018 from 
£25.7 million to £36.3 million. Going 
forward the Group will focus on net debt 
excluding leases (“Adjusted net debt”) 
as a proxy for net debt prior to IFRS 16 
adoption. The impact of IFRS 16 on net 
debt is excluded from the Group’s main 
banking covenants. 

Adjusted net debt at 31 December 2019 
was £53.3m (2018: £25.4 million) with 
the increase largely attributable to the 
increase in the Group’s acquisition activity 
during 2019. The Group has a strong 
balance sheet with a closing adjusted net 
debt/adjusted EBITDA ratio of 1.4 (2018: 
0.7). This, combined with the Group’s 
underlying cash generation, equips the 
Group well to fund short-term swings 
in working capital as the Group delivers 
organic growth as well as continue to 
pursue accretive acquisitions. Total net 
debt including lease liabilities  
was £70.0m at 31 December 2019  
(2018: £36.3m).

Year-end bank borrowings of £66.3 
million (2018: £42.1 million) compare  
to facilities totalling over £115 million 

(2018: £92 million) at that date. During 
the year the Group increased its revolving 
credit facility from £15 million to £20 
million to support its buy and build 
acquisition strate e. This was increased to 
£50 million after the year end. The Group 
targets an adjusted net debt to EBITDA 
range of 1.5x–2.0x.

Goodwill and intangible assets
The Group’s goodwill and intangible 
assets of £45.3 million (2018: £36.3 
million) arise from the various 
acquisitions undertaken. Each year the 
Board reviews goodwill for impairment 
and, as at 31 December 2019, the Board 
believes there are no indications of 
impairment. The intangible assets 
arising from business combinations, for 
exclusive supplier contracts, customer 
relationships and brands, are amortised 
over an appropriate period.

Working capital
Working capital management is a core 
part of the Group’s performance. At  
31 December 2019, the Group had working 
capital (Trade and other receivables plus 
inventories less trade and other payables) 
of £ 85.8 million (2018: £59.1 million). This 
represented 12.5% of current year revenue 
(2018: 10.3%).

Operating profit
Acquisition costs
Share based payments
Employer taxes on share based payments
Amortisation

Adjusted operating profit

Profit before tax
Acquisition costs
Share based payments
Employer taxes on share based payments
Amortisation
Deriviative fair value movements and foreign exchange gains and losses on borrowings for acquisitions
Finance costs – deferred and contingent consideration
Finance costs – put option

Adjusted profit before tax

Profit after tax
Acquisition costs
Share based payments
Employer taxes on share based payments
Amortisation
Deriviative fair value movements and foreign exchange gains and losses on borrowings for acquisitions
Finance costs – deferred and contingent consideration
Finance costs – put option
Tax impact 

Adjusted profit after tax

Profit after tax
Non-controlling interest

Profit after tax attributable to owners of the Parent Company

Number of shares for EPS1 

Reported EPS – pence
Adjusted EPS – pence

2019
£m
24,934

356
2,874
427
4,871
33,462

23,781
356
2,874
427
4,871
(104)
(949)
(48)
31,208

18,200
356
2,874
427
4,871
(104)
(949)
(48)
(1,840)
23,787

18,200
(1,018)
17,182

2018
£m
24,941

365
1,120
221
3,620

30,267

21,031
365
1,120
221
3,620
–
2,219
311

28,887

15,257
365
1,120
221
3,620

2,219
311
(948)

22,165

15,257
(561)

14,696

79,275,480 79,448,200
18.50
27.20

21.67
28.49

1. The number of shares for EPS now excludes shares held in trust in respect of share awards not yet exercised. 
2. Restated to reflect the adoption of IFRS 16. Adjusted measures are also restated to include amortisation of patents and software.

The directors present adjusted operating profit, adjusted profit before tax, and adjusted profit after tax as alternative 
performance measures in order to provide relevant information relating to the performance of the Group. Adjusted  
profits are a reflection of the underlying trading profit and are important measures used by directors for assessing  
Group performance. The definitions of the alternative performance measures are set out on page 85.

 MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
 MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

21

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   20

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:37

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   21

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:38

Managing
Risk

Our Risk Management Process
The Board is responsible for maintaining and reviewing 
the effectiveness of our risk management activities from 
a strategic, financial, and operational perspective. These 
activities are designed to identify and manage, rather than 
eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve business objectives 
or to successfully deliver our business strategy.

The risk management process is 
designed to identify, assess, respond 
to, report on and monitor the risks 
that threaten our ability to achieve 
our business strategy and objectives, 
within our risk appetite.

Risk Management 
Framework
Risk Management Framework to 
identify, asses, respond to, report  
on and monitor

Our approach to risk management  
is a combination of local and  
Group-wide activities. Risks are owned 
and managed within our businesses 
and reviewed by the Group Risk 
Committee, which reports key matters 
to the Board half yearly. At a Group 
level our teams review risks and 
controls, including those relating to 
information security and regulatory 
compliance. Delegated authorities are 
in place across the Group to facilitate 
local ownership, but within an agreed 
risk framework.

When we acquire new companies, 
we conduct detailed assessments of 
commercial, tax, legal and regulatory 
risks as part of our due diligence 
process. Our integration process 
includes early establishment of 
delegated authorities and key controls. 

While the Group does not have a 
dedicated internal audit function the 
Group team conducts local reviews 
of tax and compliance matters. 
The Group team also has a direct 
relationship with the auditors of  
each business.

The Board

Group Risk Comittee

Group Teams

Management 
Teams with Local 
Leadership

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Trend key  

 Decreased risk   

 Increased risk   

 Unchanged risk

1

Dependence  
on key personnel

Risk description
The Group is dependent upon key senior management 
personnel who have extensive experience and 
knowledge of the Group, the Group’s markets, product 
and service offering, vendor portfolio and customer base. 
The successful delivery of the Group’s strategy depends 
on the continuing availability of senior management and 
the Group’s ability to attract, motivate and retain other 
qualified employees.

Mitigation
The Group actively measures the retention of talent 
within the business, and engages with employees by  
focusing on training and development. We conduct  
an annual assessment of remuneration packages to 
ensure market position is maintained. In addition, the 
Group has adopted share plans to align the interests 
of senior management and the broader employee 
workforce with those of shareholders.

The Board has made succession planning and leadership 
development a key agenda item.

Change in the risk during the year
After establishing a regional operating model in 2018,  
this year we have taken steps to broaden the leadership 
of the Group through the creation of an executive 
leadership team. 

We have also started a senior leadership development 
programme.

This has increased visibility across the Group to the 
senior leaders and ensures greater collaboration  
across regions.

We have also broadened participation in the Group’s  
LTIP scheme to key senior leaders. Especially those  
in businesses acquired in the previous two years.

2

Expected benefits  
from acquisitions  
may not be realised

Risk description
The Group intends to continue executing its strategy 
of entering new jurisdictions through carefully targeted 
acquisitions. The Group also intends to pursue targeted 
acquisitions in its current markets in order to bolster 
product offerings and sector penetration, increase scale 
and to gain access into new market segments. 

Acquisitions give rise to inherent execution and 
integration risk. The process of integration may produce 
unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures, 
and may absorb significant attention of the Group’s 
management. They also may involve unforeseen 
liabilities, difficulties in realising costs or revenues,  
loss of key employees and customer relationship  
issues. A poorly implemented acquisition could damage 
the Group’s reputation, brand and financial position.  

Mitigation
The Group only enters into acquisitions after a thorough 
due diligence exercise which will involve a detailed 
review of operational resource, financial trends and 
forecasts, as well as a thorough analysis of the target’s 
compliance record. Numerous personal visits to the 
target will take place in order to establish the viability  
of accommodating it and its senior management into  
the Group. The structure of most acquisitions will 
involve a significant financial incentive for departing 
shareholders to perform toward certain financial  
targets in the first three years after acquisition in  
order to maximize their disposal value. 

Full business appraisal and diligence reports are 
prepared and presented to the Board.

Change in the risk during the year
The Group acquired four businesses during the year.

Our approach to acquisitions is considered a core 
capability which we seek to evolve and improve as  
we do more deals.

While we cannot eliminate risk in this the investments 
that we have made in the Group team in recent years has 
allowed us to reduce the risk in this area year on year.

Acquisition appraisals and due diligence findings  
were reviewed by the Board. The Board also conducted 
a post acquisition review of deals completed in the last 
five years.

22

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
 MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

23

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   22

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:38

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   23

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:38

Managing
Risk continued

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Trend key  

 Decreased risk   

 Increased risk   

 Unchanged risk

3

Loss of key 
customers

4

Loss of key 
vendors

5

Regulatory risk

6

Brexit

Risk description
There is no formal ongoing contractual commitment to the 
Group by the majority of vendors. As such they have a right 
to terminate their contractual relationships with the Group 
without notice or penalties. In addition, certain vendors provide 
the Group with incentives in the form of rebates, marketing 
developments funds, early payment discounts and price 
protections which enable the Group to manage profitability. 
There can be no assurance that the Group will continue to 
receive the same level of income in future.

Mitigation
Many of the Group’s vendor relationships are long-term, 
established and now cover a number of territories. By 
bringing projects to our vendors and enabling them to fulfil 
their market share aspirations the Group will continue to 
maintain strong relationships with its vendors. 

Change in the risk during the year
The Group’s vendor position remained stable during  
the year, with no significant vendors lost.

Through our acquisitions we added further vendors  
to the Group and strengthened our relationship with  
a number of existing ones.

Risk description
The Group is subject to an increasingly complex regulatory 
environment. A failure to follow regulatory laws, orders and 
codes of practice requirements will expose the Group to 
regulatory sanction and subsequent reputational damage. 

Mitigation
The Group has defined policy statements which articulate 
the protocols adopted to minimise the risk of a breach. Staff 
training takes place on a regular basis to ensure behavioural 
alignment with these policies. Acquired businesses are 
subject to a post-acquisition onboarding process which 
includes improvement of compliance protocols where 
necessary. The Board is regularly updated on compliance 
matters. This includes a full review across the Group on an 
annual basis.  

Change in the risk during the year
The regulatory environment has been relatively stable across 
the Group during the year. 

We continue to monitor the regulatory backdrop for 
changes that will affect the Group and adapt our internal 
policies and procedures accordingly.

Risk description
Most of the Group’s customers contract with the Group 
on a deal by deal basis with no formal ongoing purchasing 
commitment. As such they have a voluntary right to 
terminate their contractual relationships with the Group 
without notice or penalties. There is therefore a lack of 
certainty in respect of the retention of existing customers 
who may elect not to continue contracting with the Group. 

Mitigation
The Group has a very large customer base of over 20,000 
AV integrators and IT resellers many of whom have long-
term relationships with it. The diversity of the Group’s 
customer base is demonstrated by the fact that no customer 
accounted for more than 2.0% (2018: 2.0%) of overall Group 
revenues for the year ended 31 December 2019. By providing 
a best in class service in terms of stock availability, logistics 
and credit capacity, the Group intends to continue to keep 
our customer base satisfied.

Change in the risk during the year
While the competitive risk to our business remains high, we 
believe our mitigation efforts limit this risk and have allowed 
us to deepen our customer relationships increase our market 
share in a number of key territories in 2019.

We are proactive in our efforts to support our customers. 
During the year we added a new experience centre in the 
UK which gives our customers the opportunity to see 
our capabilities. It also provides a high-quality training 
environment.

In addition, we added a global sales lead to the Group which 
brings dedicated support for our multinational customers 
and allows us to partner with them on complex projects 
across our different geographies.

Risk description
The Group operates across multiple geographies and relies 
on the availability of physical goods, the majority of which 
are manufactured outside of the European Union (“EU”), but 
distributed within the EU by its vendors. A “hard” Brexit could 
lead to disruption in the availability of goods to the Group’s 
UK and Ireland businesses (46% of Group revenue in 2019). 

Mitigation
The Board is monitoring Brexit risks and reviewing action 
plans, although the outcome of Brexit negotiations is 
currently subject to a high degree of uncertainty. 

In the short term, disruption to the supply of products 
could affect the ability of UK and Ireland operations to 
meet customer demand. The UK business expects to 
hold approximately two months’ inventory at the time of 
Brexit and is working closely with key vendors to maintain 
availability of goods during any initial post-Brexit disruption. 

Longer-term risks include tariffs and divergence of regulation 
and standards between the UK and the EU. Whilst the 
range of tariffs for our principal products under World Trade 
Organisation rules is from 0% to 14%, the average tariff is 
approximately 1.5%. This is expected to affect the wider AV 
industry consistently. The Group is, and will continue to, 
work closely with its vendors to minimise any Brexit related 
disruption.

Based on the Board’s review of the current Brexit risks the 
directors do not believe, at this time, that Brexit will result 
in any impairment of Group assets or materially impact 
the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern

The Group currently services its Republic of Ireland business 
from the UK. Following a review of alternatives, this model is 
expected to continue, although direct EU to Ireland options 
will be evaluated in the event of material tariffs or permanent 
disruptions to the UK to Ireland supply chain.

The Group’s European businesses each operate locally, 
with export sales from the UK to Continental Europe 
representing less than 5% of UK revenue. There are no 
significant dependencies on migrant labour, cross border 
financing or centralised infrastructure.

Change in the risk during the year
During the year we invested substantial time and effort  
across the Group to monitor and plan for Brexit.

While there were a number of practical changes made 
to areas such as Group vendor and banking agreements, 
Brexit planning did not have a material effect on the Group’s 
operations during the year.

We believe that Brexit and political uncertainty affected the 
wider AV market. There are indications that Brexit uncertainty 
led to delayed purchasing decisions in both the UK&I and 
Continental Europe. There was also some disruption to the 
usual season trends around the proposed Brexit dates in 
March and October.

24

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
 MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

25

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   24

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:38

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   25

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:38

Our
Stakeholder Engagement

so that they all benefit from the 
successful delivery of our strategy. 
The Board of directors has overall 
responsibility for determining the 
Company’s purpose, values and 
strategy and for ensuring high 
standards of governance. The role of 
the Board is to promote the long-term 
sustainable success of the Company, 
generating value for shareholders and 
contributing to wider society.

Board Meeting at 
the registered office 
in Diss, Norfolk.

Statement by the directors 
in performance of their 
statutory duties in 
accordance with s172(1) of 
the Companies Act 2006 
When making decisions, the Board of 
directors of Midwich Group plc must 
act in the way they consider, in good 
faith, would be most likely to promote 
the success of the Company for the 
benefit of its members as a whole 
(having regard to the stakeholders and 
matters set out in s172(1)(a-f) of the 
Companies Act 2006).

The Company has a clearly defined 
strategy (as summarised on page 12 
to and the Board takes into account 
the long-term consequences of its 
decisions in the context of this. When 
making decisions the Board considers 
a number of factors including:

•  The AV marketplace (see pages 08 
to 09) – specifically ensuring that 
the Group continues to build on its 
reputation for high standards as a 
value-add AV specialist.

•  The translation of the strategy 

into both longer-term goals and 
annual plans with regular updates 
reviewed by the Board throughout 
the year.

•  How the Group’s objectives 

influence its employees, customers, 
suppliers and shareholders 
together with the Group’s wider 
impact on the environment and 
the communities where it operates. 
Further details on stakeholder 
engagement are set out below  
and in the CSR section on pages 29 
to 33.

•  Our Risk Management Framework 
which, as a distributor, places 
our relationships with wider 
stakeholders at the centre of our 
decision making (see pages 22  
to 25).

During the year specific significant 
decisions made by the Board included 
the decision to enter the North 
American market, the approval of 
acquisition investments and organic 
entry into certain markets, approval 
of additional debt facilities and the 
allocation of share awards to our 
employees. The Board members also 
met with customers, vendors, our 
staff and our shareholders through 
both informal and structured events, 
for example, attending trade shows, 
investor meetings and office visits.

As a Board, our intention is to behave 
responsibly toward our stakeholders 
and treat them fairly and equally, 

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

The Board considers relationships with, and the engagement of, our stakeholders to be a critical success factor for our 
business. As a specialist distributor, we add value by developing and maintaining in-depth understanding of our vendors’ 
and customers’ needs.

Our business model is predicated on strong long-term relationships with high-end brand manufacturers, offering value-
added service to trade-only customers. 

Customers

Vendors

Employees

Why it is important to engage
Midwich is a value-added 
distributor of Audio Visual 
products, representing over 500 
high end manufacturers. Vendor 
relationships are critical to the long-
term success of our business.

Ways we engage
Vendor relationships are managed 
across all levels of the organisation 
with regular communication on 
both strategic matters and day-to-
day engagement. Midwich prides 
itself on the longevity of many of 
these relationships and the key 
position it holds in the commercial 
operation of its vendors. The Board 
maintains an overview of vendor 
relationships through regular 
reporting and presentations from 
management.

Stakeholders’ key interests
•  Market focus and scale

•  Support, attention and market 

intelligence

•  Profiled customer base with 
targeted sales and marketing

• 

Industry leading events  
to interact with customers  
and end users

•  Ability to support multi-national 

projects

•  Efficient logistics and  

product support

Why it is important to engage
Midwich operates a strictly 
business-to-business model so our 
customers are also a value-adding 
part of the supply chain. 

Ways we engage
We have a dedicated sales 
and support organisation with 
responsibility for both day-to-day 
and more strategic communication. 
We receive regular feedback 
through these channels, together 
with the results of formal customer 
surveys, on customer needs, our 
performance, product performance 
and satisfaction of the ultimate  
end-user. 

Customer feedback informs our 
decisions on the product portfolio 
and helps us to engage effectively 
with vendors; suggesting product 
enhancements and reporting on 
performance issues. Customer 
feedback also informs our decisions 
on support and how we organise 
resources to provide an effective 
and efficient service. Matters 
pertaining to customers and the 
internal support organisation are 
reported to the Board regularly.

Stakeholders’ key interests
•  Market knowledge and AV 

industry trends

•  Customer service and value-
added support and advice

•  Product range and availability

•  High quality logistics

•  Long-term relationships  

and trust

•  After sales and ongoing support

Why it is important to engage
Our employees are integral to 
the success of our value-add 
strategy. Knowledge, skills and 
experience are vital to ensure both 
vendor and customer satisfaction 
and, therefore, staff recruitment, 
retention and reward are critical.

Ways we engage
We have increased investment 
in training year on year including 
dedicated in-house training 
resources.

We hold regular open 
communication sessions with 
staff at all levels via management 
briefings and ‘town hall’ meetings  
in all locations. 

Staff surveys are conducted 
periodically, and staff members 
have individual annual appraisals. 

The Board receives regular reports 
from the Group Head of Human 
Resources on staff matters 
including the results and action 
plans from our staff surveys.

Stakeholders’ key interests
•  Alignment with Group strategy 

•  Understanding purpose, culture 

and values

•  Feeling part of the Company 
through share ownership

•  Communication 

•  Training and career development

•  Responding to employee 

feedback

•  An enjoyable and rewarding 

place to work

26

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
 MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

27

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   26

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:41

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   27

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:42

Our
Stakeholder Engagement continued

Corporate
Social Responsibility and Sustainability

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Shareholders

Enviroment

Communities

Our four pillars

We take our commitment to Corporate Social 
Responsibility seriously across the Group. In our  
2018 annual report, we started a process of defining 
this, setting out our four key global areas of focus:  
our local environments; supporting charities close  
to our hearts; reducing our environmental impact;  
and supporting our people. 

During 2019, we have made progress across these areas and have taken steps  
to define our focus areas across our global business into four pillars:  
The community, The environment, Charity support and Our people.

These pillars will be adopted in relevant ways within each of the different 
countries, providing a framework for supporting local activities. 

The Community

The Environment

Charity Support

Our People

Why it is important to engage
As part of the wider AV industry, 
we want to promote the use of AV 
technology for environmentally 
sound purposes while minimising 
any adverse effects. 

Ways we engage
The Company supports the use 
of AV technology as an enabler 
of more efficient and effective 
working, for example our products 
are increasingly being used as a 
sustainable alternatives to one-off 
actions, such as video conferences 
instead of travel to meetings or 
digital signage as an alternative to 
printed marketing materials.

We are also focused on reducing 
our impact on the environment  
and embedding a sustainable 
approach into all areas of the 
business. For example, the use  
of solar energy generation on our 
buildings in the UK or reducing our 
consumption of single-use plastic 
and non-recyclable containers 
across the Group.

Stakeholders’ key interests
•  Alignment of Company values 
with environmental concerns

•  Actions to reduce environmental 

impact

• 

Investments in sustainability

Why it is important to engage
We are a significant employer 
across a number of countries, and 
we aim to contribute positively to 
the communities and environment 
in which we operate.

Ways we engage
In line with our people-orientated 
ethos and ethical values, we 
continued to support the local 
communities in which our offices 
are based; committing to making a 
real difference.

Under the “Midwich Loves…” brand 
we support our chosen charities 
and community activities. We 
provide our staff with time and 
support to volunteer for good 
causes. 

Supporting local communities  
also comes in the form of using 
local suppliers for our offices,  
where possible.

Stakeholders’ key interests
• 

Impact of Group activities on 
the wider community 

•  Support for the local economy

•  Staff time and engagement with 

good causes

Why it is important to engage
As a publicly listed company we 
need to provide fair, balanced and 
understandable information to instil 
trust and confidence and allow 
informed investment decisions to 
be made.

Ways we engage
The Company engages with its 
shareholders through formal 
meetings, informal communications 
and through stock exchange 
announcements. 

Management (typically the Group 
Managing Director and Group 
Finance Director) meet formally 
with institutional shareholders, 
usually after the interim and full 
year results announcements, 
presenting Company results, 
articulating strategy and updating 
shareholders on progress. 

In addition, the Chairman meets 
separately with institutional 
shareholders to discuss matters 
pertaining to business performance 
and governance and receive 
shareholder feedback on any issues 
or concerns. 

Trading and other statements are 
made via the stock exchange during 
the year and the Company holds its 
Annual General Meeting (AGM), at 
which all shareholders can attend 
and speak with management. 

Shareholders also communicate 
with the Company via email and  
by telephone and we respond 
to their specific questions and 
inputs as required. Company 
contact details are included in all 
announcements and are available 
on the Company website.

Stakeholders’ key interests
•  Annual reports

•  RNS announcements 

•  Annual General Meetings 

• 

Investor presentations 

•  Corporate website 

•  One-on-one meetings

•  Company visits and events

28

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   28

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:42

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   29

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

29

08/04/2020   14:11:45

Corporate
Social Responsibility and Sustainability

THE COMMUNITY
Generosity amplified. We will give our time and focus 
to support important initiatives in our communities.

To promote our ethical values, we 
actively encourage and support 
community involvement. We 
are dedicated to making a real 
difference to the communities in 
which we operate across the Group.

We respect and value the things 
that make our people individuals 
and recognise that they care 
about different causes within their 
communities.

In recognition of this, we support  
and provide time off for our people 
to regularly engage in volunteering 
for their chosen causes.

 Our Pledge

Throughout 2020, we will be 
supporting local worthwhile 
community projects, as voted for 
by our staff members.

In 2019:

Staff at our head office volunteered 
more than 100 hours of their time 
working in the local shop of their 
chosen charity Mind, which offers 

information and advice around 
mental health issues. They also 
picked 22 kilograms of litter around 
the local area.

Many members of staff across 
the Group are board members for 
local charities, offering business 
advice and using their knowledge 
and experience to make a positive 
impact to causes they care about. 
Across the globe, Group employees 
joined in a wide range of local 
charity events, sports teams and 
cultural activities, cultivating the 
culture of inclusion that Midwich 
represents.

Midwich UK ran a ‘Power-Up Your 
Local School’ competition, working 
with vendors to donate £10,000  
of classroom technology to a local 
school.

Supporting local communities 
also comes in the form of buying 
local, for example Kern and Stelly 
buy fruit from a local grower and 
juices from a local charity whose 
workforce is formed of people who 
are deprived of the opportunities 
enjoyed by most in society.

THE ENVIRONMENT 
We are committed to reducing 
negative environmental impact 
directly and indirectly across  
our supply chain.

We are conscious of our broader 
environmental responsibilities and 
focused on improving our energy 
efficiency, reducing packaging, 
managing our waste responsibly  
and reducing our carbon emissions. 

For example, as a distributor of 
video conferencing (VC) equipment, 
we have utilised this technology 
across our Group by installing VC 
capabilities and meeting spaces, 
reducing the need for our people  
to travel for meetings.

We are also supporting several 
initiatives across the Group  
designed to change our mentality  
to ‘sustainability for the future’.

 Our Pledge

We are committed to creating a 
positive impact on the environment 
and reducing any negative impact. 

With this in mind, we will increase 
the number of external energy 
audits across our office locations to 
identify energy reductions.

We have committed to ensure 
our marketing material is 100% 
recyclable and at the same time, 
reduce the overall quantity of 
printed literature distributed to 
stakeholders.

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

OUR CHARITY SUPPORT
We will use our platform and resources to bring 
benefits to society through the support of charities 
chosen by our peoples.

We operate several in-house Charity 
Committees, whose purpose is to 
raise awareness and funds. 

In 2019, our employees across the 
Group chose to support 14 different 
charities. Staff raised donations 
through a series of fundraising 
events, including: sporting events, 
silent auctions, quiz nights, 
community raffles and cake baking, 
through to more daring events such 
as sky diving.

 Our Pledge

While we continue to support 
various charities, our UK employees 
and charity committee are 
committed to raising in excess of 
£40,000 for their voted, chosen 
Mind over the two years to 2020.

The Company will provide flexibility 
to support staff in their fundraising 
initiatives to ensure the chosen 
charities around the Group will 
benefit from our people’s passion 
and dedication to their chosen 
causes.

In 2019:

Charitable initiatives remained a 
prominent focus across the Group. 
Our ethical values and inclusive 
culture were strongly represented 
by our employees, with a keen 
enthusiasm to help their chosen 
causes.

For example, head office staff 
raised £28,000 for their chosen 
charity Mind during 2019 from 
fundraising events and activities. 
These events brought the local 
community together and proved to 
be great fun for everyone involved.

As well as fundraising and 
monetary donations, employees 
supported their chosen charities 
through Easter and Christmas 
gifts, donations of products and 
technology, and 315kg of unwanted 
clothes and goods to local charity 
shops. In this way, we sought to 
reduce our waste and benefit local 
communities simultaneously.

In 2019:

We took a number of actions to 
reduce our waste going to landfill 
and reduce our consumption of 
single-use plastic and non-recyclable 
containers. For example, at our 
UK head office we provided every 
member of staff with a ceramic 
mug, preventing almost 135,000 
disposable cups going to landfill.

Across the Group there was 
a concerted effort to improve 
recycling facilities and minimise 
waste. For example, in Germany, 
Kern & Stelly made a move towards 
organic and environmentally friendly 
foods and soaps.

We acted to reduce the 
environmental footprints  
of all our offices. 

2019 saw the construction of 
Innovation House, our 50,000sqft+ 
southern showroom and demo 
facility. Innovation House utilises 
smart warehousing, designed to 
reduce energy usage and carbon 
emissions over time through 
sensors (movement; air quality 
in building; CO2; doors) then use 
analytics to help with servicing and 
improvements according to usage.

Preventing 135,000 disposable 
cups going into landfill

Contributing to the community 
with a volunteer ‘litter pick’

315Kg of donations for the MIND 
charity shop

30

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STOCK CODE: MIDW / MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
STOCK CODE: MIDW / MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

31

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   30

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:47

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   31

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:48

Corporate
Social Responsibility and Sustainability  

continued

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Following on from these pillars, you can see that we recognise our people underpin our success and are at the forefront of 
the business. 

OUR PEOPLE
We are committed to programmes and initiatives that support our 
people, balancing the delivery of success with the whole person 
approach. 

The nature of our business, as a value-adding distributor, means expertise 
and people skills are at the core of what we do and how we maintain our 
competitive advantage. 

Having a people-oriented ethos, where teamwork and commitment are 
recognised, is central to the success of our strategy. We are committed to 
developing and supporting our employees across all Group companies and  
we pride ourselves on our home-grown talent, with a significant number  
of our senior managers having built their careers from within the Group.

Midwich Group recognises wellbeing and mental health as paramount to  
a happy working environment and we back this up with an extensive package 
of staff benefits and professional support services. 

We strengthened our support by training some of our employees as mental 
health first aiders. We are now better positioned to provide support to a 
colleague who may be experiencing a mental health issue and guide them 
towards appropriate treatment and other sources of help.

 Our Pledge

Throughout 2020, we’ll give employees the opportunity to volunteer their 
time, during working hours to take part in a worthwhile initiative.

We will offer an employee experience that is centred around a journey 
of being 100% welcome through onboarding, orientation, induction and 
transitioning. 

In 2019:

Supporting our people means that we recognise hard work and commitment 
and aim to support and develop all staff across every Group company. A 
variety of schemes were enhanced in 2019 to help create the best possible 
working environment and encourage growth and retention of talented staff  
at all levels. 

A number of wellness initiatives took place across Group companies, including 
gym memberships and on-site gyms, as well as a host of other sports and 
healthy eating schemes. Staff awards, parties and informal meetings were a 
chance to show appreciation for hard work carried out across the year.

In order to properly assess staff satisfaction, we once again rolled out an 
employee engagement survey across the Group. 

Benefits

Training

Equality

We will 
continually 
improve our 
benefits offering 
to ensure we 
outperform our 
industry peers.

Talent is not just 
about leaders. 

Talent is 
committing to 
our business 
and excelling in 
your field. All our 
people will have 
access to the 
training that  
they need.

Committed to 
fairness, inclusion 
and diversity. 

We are focused 
on closing the 
gap via the 
right methods 
rather than 
through positive 
discrimination.

Wellbeing

Health and 
Wellbeing is 
important for 
everyone. 

We will continue 
to support our 
people with 
this by running 
wellbeing events 
throughout  
the year.

Events

We will continue 
to hold social 
gatherings to 
aid positive 
mental health, 
team building 
and to show 
appreciation  
to our people.

Furthermore, we are well placed to partner with our reseller customers and the global brands that we distribute to reduce 
our impact through connecting with and supporting their sustainability strategies and together we will make a difference. 

The Strategic Report comprising the Chairman’s Statement, Managing Director’s Review and Financial Review was 
approved by the Board on 9 March 2020 and signed on its behalf by:

Andrew Herbert
Chairman

CSR staff update from UK&I 
Managing Director, Mark Lowe.

32
32

A helping hand in the MIND shop

Prase being awarded InAvation Distributor of the Year - 2019

Van Domburg, awarded by SMART 
‘Global Distributor of the Year’

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

33

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   32

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:50

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   33

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:52

 
↘

Header
Style over two lines
Sidev – France
Customer showroom and 
demonstration facilities

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Experienced Management 
Team
Chairman’s Statement  
on Corporate Governance
Nomination Committee Report
Audit Committee Report
Statement from the Chairman  
of the Remuneration  
Committee
Directors’ Remuneration 
Report
Directors’ Report

Our

Governance

36 Board of Directors

38 Operational Management

40  Chairman’s Statement on  
Corporate Governance

41   Corporate Governance Report

44 Nomination Committee Report

45  Audit Committee Report

47  Statement from the Chairman  

of the Remuneration Committee

50 Directors’ Remuneration Report

54 Annual Report on Remuneration

58  Directors’ Report

58  Resolution Summary

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   34

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:54

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   35

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:11:54

Our
Board of Directors

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Andrew Herbert (60)
Non-Executive Chairman

Stephen Fenby (56)
Group Managing Director

Stephen Lamb (46)
Group Finance Director

Mike Ashley (52)
Non-Executive Director

Hilary Wright (60)
Non-Executive Director

A N

R

N

A N

R

A N

R

Tenure of directors

1

2

2

●  0-3 years 

Stephen Lamb & Hilary Wright

●  4-6 years  

Andrew Herbert & Mike Ashley

●  6+ years 

Stephen Fenby

Independence

2

Qualifications
Andrew has a BA in Business Studies 
from Hatfield Polytechnic and is a 
Fellow of the Chartered Institute of 
Management Accountants. He is also  
a non-executive director of Xaar plc.     

Previous experience
Andrew was Group Finance Director 
of Domino Printing Sciences plc from 
1998 until the sale of the company to 
Brother Industries in 2015.

He joined the business in 1986 and 
held senior finance, operational and 
general management roles prior to 
joining the Board of Domino Printing 
Sciences plc. 

He has extensive experience of 
managing profitable growth in a 
global business, including acquisition 
and disposal strategy and line 
management of overseas subsidiaries. 

In April 2020, Andrew Herbert was 
appointed Chairman of Xaar plc

Qualifications
Stephen has a BSc in Accounting and 
Financial Analysis from the University 
of Warwick and is an associate of  
both the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in England and Wales 
and the Chartered Institute of 
Management Accountants.

Previous experience
After qualifying as a Chartered 
Accountant with Ernst & Young, 
Stephen joined Deloitte and worked 
for 16 years in the corporate finance 
team, latterly in the Cambridge office. 

Stephen joined Midwich as Finance 
Director in 2004 and became 
Managing Director in 2010. He has 
led the Group’s acquisition and 
development programme. 

Qualifications
Stephen has a BA in Economics  
and Econometrics from the University 
of Nottingham and is a Fellow of the 
Institute of Chartered Accountants  
in England and Wales. 

Previous experience
Stephen joined Midwich as Group 
Finance Director in July 2018. He has 
over 20 years’ experience in finance, 
working in high growth, international 
business services organisations. 

Before joining Midwich, Stephen was 
the International CFO at Iron Mountain 
Inc, supporting the profitable and 
cash generative development of the 
International business.

He has held senior financial positions 
at IWG plc (CFO, Europe) and 
Experian plc (Group Director of  
FP&A, FD, Decision Analytics and  
CFO, Asia Pacific).

Qualifications
Mike completed retail MBA modules 
at Manchester Business School 
sponsored by Home Retail Group.

Qualifications
Hilary is a Fellow of the Chartered 
Institute of Personnel and 
Development. 

Previous experience
Mike is the Chief Commercial Officer 
(“CCO”) of Holland and Barrett 
International Ltd. He joined the 
business from Travis Perkins plc in 
2019. In his time there he held the 
position of CCO both in Wickes and the 
Plumbing and Heating Division, leading 
transformation of both businesses. 

Prior to this Mike led the turnaround 
of Harvard International PLC (formerly 
Alba PLC) as Chief Executive Officer, 
culminating in the successful sale to 
a listed Chinese consumer electronics 
business. Mike has extensive retail and 
consumer experience through senior 
commercial, marketing and strategic 
roles at Boots, Argos, Dixons Retail 
Group and Travis Perkins.

Previous experience
Hilary was Group HR Director of 
Domino Printing Sciences plc from 
2016 until her retirement in 2019.

Her background was formed in retailing 
and more latterly with Cambridge 
based engineering and technology 
companies where she has gained 
her global experience as well as 
involvement in a number acquisitions. 

She has held both strategic and 
operation roles and devised and 
led the HR direction for significant 
global growth (ensuring people 
development, succession planning 
and talent acquisition are aligned for 
transformational change).

3

● Independent  ● Non-Independent 

Skills

Strategy 

Financial 

International 

Leadership 

Technology 

3

3

5

5

5

36

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

N   Nominations  
Committee

  Chair of  
Committee

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

37

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   36

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:12:02

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   37

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:12:07

Committee membership
A   Audit  

Committee

R   Remuneration  
Committee

Our
Operational Management

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Mark Lowe (39)
UK & Ireland

Tom Summer (33)
Continental Europe

Michael Broadbent (56)
Asia Pacific

Skills
•  Extensive industry knowledge
•  Strategic planning
•  Strong business track record
•  Managerial, business and company 

development
International market knowledge 

• 
•  M&A strategy

Previous experience
Mark joined Midwich in 2004 supporting 
the business management team then he 
became Divisional Manager in the rapidly 
growing consumer electronics category. 

Working closely with the sales teams 
it was here that he learned about the 
world of audio visual. In 2012, together 
with his family, he relocated to Sydney 
and helped Midwich to develop a larger 
footprint in the ANZ marketplace before 
returning to the UK. In the years that 
followed, he trained as Project Manager 
and managed a number of major 
projects including various pre and post 
acquisition activities and strategies. 

In 2017 Mark took on the role of Chief 
Operating Officer, and in 2018 became 
Managing Director of Midwich UK and 
Ireland. His focus is to progressively 
develop the initiatives, strategies and the 
staff to ensure that Midwich continue to 
add more value for their customers and 
vendor partners.

International market knowledge

Skills
•  Strategic planning
• 
•  M&A strategy
•  Business and company development
•  Tom has a BSc in business 

management from the Norwich 
Business School (University  
of East Anglia).

Previous experience
Tom commenced his career with Midwich 
in the Company’s business management 
department. Following the acquisition of 
Sidev in 2010, he move to Lyon, France 
to oversee the integration, planning and 
ongoing development of this business. 

In 2013, his remit was widened to include 
the development of the Group’s business 
in Europe before becoming Managing 
Director for the region in 2018. Since 
taking on a wider European role he 
has been a leading force in the Group’s 
acquisition and ongoing business 
development programmes. 

Tom also has responsibility for the 
Group’s ‘go-to-market’ central office 
team. This commercially focused team, 
support the development and strategy 
execution across all Group territories.

Skills
•  Strong business track record
•  Extensive experience in business 

ownership 

•  Managerial and business 

development 

•  Strong sales orientation
•  Extensive industry knowledge 
•  Technically trained
•  Further education in business  

and marketing

Previous experience
Michael has 30 years’ experience 
within the Australian and New Zealand 
commercial audio visual market, 
including ten years as an owner of a 
leading Australian systems integrator. 

He spent three years as General Manager 
of the AV division at Programmed, one 
of the largest Australian technology 
integrators. Michael has also held senior 
roles with companies such as Rexel, 
which was the Australian distributor  
for Panasonic. 

He joined Midwich Australia as a 
consultant in 2012 and took over as 
Managing Director of Midwich ANZ  
in June 2014.

Case study
Blackmagic Design

In March 2019, German Bundesliga football club, TSG 
1899 Hoffenheim, had overhauled its internal production 
and live broadcast capabilities with the implementation of 
an UltraHD 4K solution based around Blackmagic Design. 

The new system was executed 
by systems integrator LIVE 
DIRECTORS GmbH and distributor 
New Media AV, a Midwich Group 
company. Prompted by this new 
journey, the production team at 
TSG wanted to overhaul its existing 
SD infrastructure, and improve its 
streaming platform, TSG.TV.

Enlisting the help of production 
partner LIVE DIRECTORS GmbH, the 
club’s new workflow was developed 
around the ATEM 4 M/E Broadcast 
Studio 4K and a pair of ATEM 1 M/E 
Advanced Panels, used in tandem to 
production multiple live programme 
mixes simultaneously.

According to Maurice Gundt at 
LIVE DIRECTORS, “Whatever 
we implemented for TSG had to 
streamline and simplify its video 

workflows while improving handling 
for higher resolution formats and 
general system usability. That meant 
a complete modernization of the 
club’s existing infrastructure. From 
a technical and financial standpoint, 
Blackmagic Design was the obvious 
choice.”

LIVE DIRECTORS GmbH has 
also developed a small portable 
production unit (PPU) for the club, 
featuring an ATEM Television Studio 
HD, HyperDeck Studio Mini and 
Blackmagic Web Presenter, to cover 
away matches, press conferences, 
training updates and information, by 
sending feeds via Open Broadcaster 
Software (OBS) to Facebook and 
YouTube simultaneously. The 4K 
solution now in place at TSG’s 
PreZero Arena affords far greater 
flexibility, as external events and 

“ Daepuda 

ecturContinued 
growth from a 
tendit proven 
model ro beat 
velente ni dis ea 
volo magnatu 
ribus.”
Name Surname 
Job role

corporate clients can now come  
in and make use of the stadium’s  
in-house video resources.

“Wherever we are in the world, we 
can be assured of consistent and 
high quality production capabilities, 
thanks to Blackmagic Design, 
which our fans across the world can 
immediately access.”

38

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

39

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   38

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:12:12

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   39

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:12:12

Chairman’s Statement
on Corporate Governance

Our
Corporate Governance Report

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

The Board considers 
sound governance to 
be an essential element 
of a well-run business 
and we have decided 
to further enhance our 
reporting in this year’s 
annual report beyond 
that required by the 
QCA code.

financial advice as necessary to ensure 
compliance with the AIM Rules and 
other governance requirements.

We continue to review our approach 
to governance and how the views of 
stakeholders are represented in our 
oversight of the business. To that end, 
I continue to meet with shareholders 
as necessary. Feedback on both 
operational and governance matters 
from those meetings continues to 
form part of the Board’s agenda.

We take our social responsibility 
seriously and, once again, we have 
chosen to include information (page 
26) about how we engage with our 
people, our environment and our local 
communities. We are committed to 
behaving in a way that is beneficial  
to all stakeholders. 

There have been a number of 
regulatory and government initiatives 
introduced in recent years to which 
the Company has responded. 
These include implementation of a 
s172 statement, the General Data 
Protection regulation 2016 (“GDPR”), 
the Modern Slavery Act 2015, the 
Equality Act 2010 (Gender Pay Gap 
Information) Regulations 2017, the 
2016 Finance Act requirement to 
publish our tax strategy and AIM’s 
requirements to formally adopt a 
recognised corporate governance 
code. Information on the policies and, 
where appropriate, the performance 
of the Group is available on the 
Company’s website.

Andrew Herbert 
Chairman

The Board considers sound 
governance to be an essential 
element of a well-run business and 
has followed the Quoted Companies 
Alliance (QCA) guideline since 
IPO. This year, we have included a 
summary of our compliance with 
the QCA code in the annual report.
The full statement of compliance 
with the QCA Corporate Governance 
Code, as approved by the Board on 
11 September 2019, is available on the 
Company’s website.

My role as Chairman of the Board 
remains separate to, and independent 
of, that of the Chief Executive (Group 
Managing Director) and we both 
have clearly defined and separate 
responsibilities. Details of the 
responsibilities of all directors along 
with matters reserved for the Board 
and terms of reference for all the 
committees of the Board can be  
found on the Company’s website.

The Board is comprised of three 
The Board is comprised of three 
independent non-executive directors 
independent non-executive directors 
(including the Chairman who was 
(including the Chairman who was 
independent upon appointment) 
independent upon appointment) 
and two executive directors. The 
and two executive directors. The 
Board is satisfied that it has a suitable 
Board is satisfied that it has a suitable 
balance between independence 
balance between independence 
and knowledge of the business to 
and knowledge of the business to 
allow it to discharge its duties and 
allow it to discharge its duties and 
responsibilities effectively.
responsibilities effectively.

Executive directors hold service 
Executive directors hold service 
contracts with a nine-month 
contracts with a nine-month 
notice period. Non-executive 
notice period. Non-executive 
directors’ service contracts 
directors’ service contracts 
include a three-month notice 
include a three-month notice 
period on each side. All directors 
period on each side. All directors 
retire and submit themselves  
retire and submit themselves  
for re-election each year at  
for re-election each year at  
the Company’s Annual  
the Company’s Annual  
General Meeting.
General Meeting.

The post of Company Secretary 
The post of Company Secretary 
is presently held by an 
is presently held by an 
executive director. The Board 
executive director. The Board 
considers that the size and 
considers that the size and 
nature of the Company means 
nature of the Company means 
that the two roles can be 
that the two roles can be 
carried out effectively by the 
carried out effectively by the 
Group Finance Director. The 
Group Finance Director. The 
position is kept under review. 
position is kept under review. 

The Board maintains a regular 
The Board maintains a regular 

dialogue with Investec, the 
dialogue with Investec, the 
Company’s nominated adviser, 
Company’s nominated adviser, 
and obtains other legal and 
and obtains other legal and 

The Board met in person eight times 
during the year and held a number of 
meetings by telephone to consider 
specific matters. The Board receives  
a full pack of reports in advance of 
each scheduled meeting detailing 
Group and entity trading performance 
and containing individual reports from 
each of the executive directors and 
local management. During 2019, the 
Board also received presentations 
from operational management on 
topics including business unit strategy, 
talent and succession planning, tax 
strategy, IT systems and security,  
and acquisition proposals.  

Alongside monitoring operational 
performance, it is the Board’s 
responsibility to formulate, review 
and approve the Group’s strategy, 
investments (including acquisitions), 
budgets and major items of 
expenditure.

Board committees
The Board has established three 
committees, (Audit, Nominations and 
Remuneration), each having written 
terms of reference which are available 
on the Company’s website. 

Attendance at board and committee meetings
Board meetings are scheduled in advance for each calendar year. The scheduled 
Board meetings and attendance during the twelve months ended 31 December 
2019 were as follows:

Audit Remuneration

Nomination

3
3
3

4
4
4

2
2
2
2

Nominations Committee
The Nominations Committee consists 
of the non-executive directors and 
the Group Managing Director and is 
scheduled to meet at least once a year. 
Andrew Herbert is the Chairman of the 
Nominations Committee. The current 
terms of reference of the Nominations 
Committee were published in May 
2016 and remain unchanged. 

The main roles of the Nominations 
Committee are:

• 

• 

to lead the process for Board 
appointments and make 
recommendations to the Board;

to evaluate the structure, size 
and composition of the Board 
(including the balance of skills, 
knowledge and experience);

•  keep under review the leadership 
needs of the organisation, both 
executive and non-executive; and

•  be responsible for identifying and 
nominating for the approval of 
the Board, candidates to fill Board 
vacancies as and when they arise.

Andrew Herbert 
(Chairman)
Mike Ashley
Hilary Wright
Stephen Fenby
Stephen Lamb

Board
meetings

8
8
8
8
8

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee consists of 
the non-executive directors and is 
scheduled to meet at least three 
times a year. Andrew Herbert is the 
Chairman of the Audit Committee 
having a relevant background. The 
current terms of reference of the Audit 
Committee were published in May 
2016. No change was made to those 
terms of reference during 2019.

The main roles of the Audit Committee 
are:

• 

• 

• 

• 

to monitor the integrity of the 
financial statements of the 
Company, including its annual  
and half-yearly reports and  
trading updates;

to review and challenge where 
necessary the consistency of, and 
any changes to, accounting policies 
both on a year-on-year basis and 
across the Company/Group;

to keep under review the 
effectiveness of the Company’s 
internal controls and risk 
management systems; and

to consider and make 
recommendations to the Board,  
to be put to shareholders for 
approval at the AGM, in relation to 
the appointment, re-appointment 
and removal of the Company’s 
external auditor.

40

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

41

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   40

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:12:16

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   41

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:12:20

Our
Corporate Governance Report 

continued

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee consists 
of the non-executive directors and is 
scheduled to meet at least three times 
a year. Mike Ashley is the Chairman. 
The current terms of reference of 
the Remuneration Committee were 
published in May 2016. No changes 
were made to these terms of reference 
during 2019.

The main roles of the Remuneration 
Committee are:

• 

• 

• 

to determine the framework 
and broad policy for setting 
remuneration for the Group 
Managing Director (chief executive) 
and all executive directors;

to recommend and monitor the 
level and structure of remuneration 
for senior management;

to review the establishment of all 
share incentive plans for approval 
by the Board and shareholders 
and determine each year whether 
awards will be made, and if so, the 
overall amount of such awards and 
the individual awards per person 
to executive directors and other 
senior management; and

• 

to produce an annual report on the 
Company’s remuneration policy.

Separate reports from the Audit 
Committee, Nomination Committee 
and Remuneration Committee are 
presented below. 

Compliance with the  
QCA code
The Board has resolved to establish a 
strong governance culture using the 
Quoted Companies Alliance (QCA) 
code as the basis for its governance 
framework. The full Statement of 
compliance with the QCA Corporate 
Governance Code is available on 
the Midwich Group plc website. A 
summary of how the Group complies 
with the principles of the code is set 
out below.

Principle 

Overview

Principle 

Overview

1: Establish a strategy and 
business model which 
promote long-term value  
for shareholders

Midwich has a clearly articulated  
strategy and business plan as a value-
added distributor of Audio Visual and 
related products. 

8: Promote a corporate culture 
that is based on ethical values 
and behaviours

2: Seek to understand and 
meet shareholder needs 
and expectations

3: Take into account wider 
stakeholder and social 
responsibilities and  
their implications for  
long-term success

4: Embed effective risk 
management, considering 
both opportunities and 
threats, throughout the 
organisation

5: Maintain the Board as a 
well-functioning, balanced 
team led by the Chair

6: Ensure that between them 
the directors have necessary 
up-to-date experience, skills 
and capabilities.

7: Evaluate Board performance 
based on clear and relevant 
objectives, seeking continuous 
improvement

The Company engages with its 
shareholders through formal meetings, 
informal communications and through 
stock exchange announcements.

The Board considers relationships with,  
and the engagement of, our stakeholders 
to be a critical success factor for our 
business. As a specialist distributor,  
we add value by developing and 
maintaining in-depth understanding  
of our vendors’ and customers’ needs.

The Board has ultimate responsibility for 
the Group’s system of internal controls and 
for reviewing its effectiveness. However, 
any such system of internal control can 
only provide reasonable, but not absolute, 
assurance against material misstatement or 
loss. The Board considers that the internal 
controls in place are appropriate for the size, 
complexity and risk profile of the Group.

The Group operates a risk assessment  
and monitoring process with regular 
updates provided to the Board and the 
Audit Committee. 

The Board is comprised of three 
independent non-executive directors 
(including the Chairman who was 
independent upon appointment) and  
two executive directors.  

The Board is satisfied that, between the 
directors, it has an effective balance of skills 
and experience. For example, specialist AV 
industry knowledge and broad experience 
in sales, operations, international expansion, 
finance, human resources, information 
technology and capital markets.

Each Board member brings a different mix 
of knowledge and experience, which blend 
well into a successful and effective team. 
Board composition is kept under review and 
the Board is committed to ensuring diversity 
of skill, experience and gender balance.

The Board conducts a formal evaluation 
and appraisal process annually. The Group 
Head of Human Resources compiles the 
results and subsequently facilitates a Board 
discussion during which matters arising are 
reviewed and actions agreed. 

9: Maintain governance 
structures and processes  
that are fit for purpose and 
support good decision  
making by the Board

10: Communicate how the 
company is governed and  
is performing by maintaining 
a dialogue with shareholders 
and other relevant 
stakeholders.

The Board is committed to promoting  
a strong ethical and values-driven culture 
throughout the organisation. We believe 
this to be an essential element of a  
well-run business.

The nature of our business, as a value-
adding distributor, means expertise and 
people skills are at the core of what we 
do and how we maintain competitive 
advantage. Having a people-oriented ethos, 
where team work and commitment are 
recognised, is central to the success of our 
strategy. We pride ourselves on our home-
grown talent, with a significant number 
of our senior managers having built their 
careers within the Group.

To promote our ethical values, we actively 
encourage and support community 
involvement across the Group.

The Board typically meets eight times  
per annum. There were eight meetings 
in 2019, each one attended by all Board 
directors. Further meetings are held by 
telephone as necessary. 

A formal Board programme is agreed 
before the start of each financial year.  
This is structured, as far as possible,  
to align with the Group’s annual  
financial programme. 

The Group communicates with 
shareholders through the Annual Report 
and Accounts, half yearly trading updates, 
the AGM, capital markets days and one-
to-one meetings with certain existing or 
potential new shareholders. 

Reports from the Audit, Nomination and 
Remuneration Committees are set out 
within the Annual Report. 

42

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Our technical testing centre, at 
the Innovation House premises.

43

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   42

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:12:20

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   43

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:12:21

Our
Nomination Committee Report

Our
Audit Committee Report

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

This year the Company 
established an 
Executive Leadership 
Team, responsible for 
determining and driving 
operational strategy 
across the Group.

the effectiveness of the Board or its 
individual members and the minor 
points raised were acted upon. 

The Board will continue to monitor 
its approach to the evaluation of 
effectiveness including the use from 
time to time of external facilitation.

Leadership development
This year, the Company established an 
Executive Leadership Team responsible 
for determining and driving operational 
strategy across the Group. This team 
comprises the Group Managing and 
Finance Directors as well as the 
Managing Directors for each of  
our three operating units. 

The Committee believes that this is 
the right model to drive operating 
performance of the Group while 
ensuring implementation of the 
agreed strategy. The Committee also 
supported the implementation of a 
leadership development programme 
for the Executive Team members.

Nomination Committee 
Report
I am pleased to present the report  
of the Nomination Committee.

Board composition
The committee is responsible for 
monitoring the Board’s balance of 
skills, knowledge, experience and 
diversity, and makes recommendations 
to the Board throughout the year. 

The Group Finance Director 
undertakes the role of Company 
Secretary. The Committee keeps this 
position under review and believes 
that, at this present time, the two  
roles can be combined effectively. 

Board evaluation
In line with prior years there was a 
formal Board evaluation and appraisal 
process in 2019. A survey seeking 
the individual views of directors on 
Board composition and effectiveness, 
business leadership, QCA code 
compliance and other matters  

was undertaken. 

The Group Head of Human 

Resources compiled results 

and subsequently facilitated 
a Board discussion during 
which matters arising 
were reviewed and 
actions agreed. There 
were no major issues or 
concerns raised about 

Audit Committee Report
I am pleased to present the Audit 
Committee Report describing our 
work during the past year. 

Auditors
Grant Thornton UK LLP (“Grant 
Thornton”) was re-appointed as the 
Company’s Auditor at the Annual 
General Meeting. 

While there is no mandated 
requirement for AIM companies to 
tender their audit, the Committee 
remains committed to ensure 
sufficient rigor and independence 
of the auditor and their process and 
keeps the option of audit tender 
under review. Auditor independence 
is reviewed at least annually and 
the tenure of firm and engagement 
partner is considered. 

Grant Thornton has been the Group 
auditors since 2011 and there have 
been two engagement partner 
rotations during this period. Following 
the Company’s IPO in 2016, a new 
audit engagement partner was 
appointed. In 2019, there has been a 
second audit partner rotation with 
Sergio Cardoso replacing James 
Brown as the engagement partner.  
The Committee decided that following 
this accelerated partner rotation no 
tender was necessary during the year.

Membership and 
responsibilities of the 
Committee
Membership of the Audit Committee 
is limited to the independent non-
executive directors. I am the Chairman 
of the Committee and the member 
with recent and relevant experience. 

The Committee met three times 
during 2019.

Key responsibilities include monitoring 
the audit arrangements, monitoring 
the integrity of the financial 
statements, and reviewing internal 
control and risk management systems.

Monitoring audit
The Committee oversees the plans 
for both the interim review and the 
full year audit undertaken by Grant 
Thornton. Grant Thornton drafts 

initial proposals in consultation with 
executive management and these 
are presented to the Committee 
for review. These plans describe an 
assessment of the principal risks, 
the proposed scope of work and the 
approach to be taken to the audit 
including materiality. The Committee 
has the opportunity to challenge and 
satisfy itself that the proposed audit 
plan is appropriate and adequate.

Review of financial 
statements and audit 
findings
The Committee reviewed the interim 
and full year financial statements, and 
the report of the auditors on these 
statements. The audit partner and 
relevant senior members of the audit 
team attended the Audit Committee 
meetings, presenting the results of  
the audit and answering questions 
from the Committee.

Significant potential issues presented 
to the Committee in respect of 
financial statements were:

•  Under International Standard on 
Auditing (UK) 240 ‘The Auditor’s 
Responsibilities Relating to 
Fraud in an Audit of Financial 
Statements’, there is a rebuttable 
presumed risk that revenue may 
be misstated due to the improper 
recognition of revenue due to 
fraud. The auditors were able to 
confirm no material misstatement 
of revenues;

•  The risk of intangible assets 
being improperly accounted 
for on acquisition of Group 
companies – this risk relates to 
the assessment of the extent to 
which acquired intangible assets, 
liabilities assumed and non-
controlling interests are recognised 
separately from goodwill. The 
Committee received feedback 
from the auditors on their separate 
assessment of goodwill to be 
recognised and noted that there 
was no material difference from 
that proposed by management; 
and

•  The risk of management override 
of controls – this is a presumed 
risk and relates to both the internal 
control environment and the basis 
of management assessment and 
accounting estimates, including 
working capital provisions. There 
were no material issues identified.

The Committee has reviewed the 
2019 annual report and accounts 
to ensure they are fair, balanced 
and understandable, and that they 
provide the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Company’s 
performance, business model and 
strategy in a clear, concise and 
balanced manner.

Internal control and risk 
management
The Group seeks to operate consistent 
accounting policies and control 
procedures across its subsidiary 
operations, including newly acquired 
entities, and places the onus on local 
management to ensure those policies 
and procedures are followed. This is 
confirmed by review by the central 
finance team. The Audit Committee 
receives feedback on the effectiveness 
of internal controls from executive 
management and correlates that with 
separate reports from the external 
audit process. While there have been 
no specific internal control issues 
identified to date, the growth of the 
business has led the Committee to 
discuss the possible introduction of an 
internal audit function, the options for 
which are under review.

The Group operates a risk assessment 
and monitoring process. This is 
coordinated by the Group Finance 
Director who reports principal 
risks and mitigation actions to the 
Committee. Further detail on these 
risks is included at pages 22 to 25.

44

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

45

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   44

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:12:25

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   45

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:12:25

Our
Audit Committee Report continued

Statement from the Chairman of the
Remuneration Committee

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

• 

the professionalism and competence 
of the audit team deployed; and

•  confirmation from the firm themselves 

There was no contingent element to 
any of these fees and independence 
was safeguarded as follows:

Assessment of auditors
The Committee has assessed the 
qualification, expertise, resources and 
independence of the external auditor and 
is satisfied that Grant Thornton is meeting 
those requirements. 

In addition to seeking the views of the 
executive team, the Committee considers 
a range of criteria in that assessment:

• 

the delivery of a thorough audit, 
meeting the agreed plan in a timely 
manner to agreed budget;

•  demonstration of a deep 

understanding of the Group and its 
subsidiaries, evidenced in the quality 
and completeness of presentation 
material;

• 

the provision of perceptive advice on 
key accounting and technical matters;

of their processes to ensure 
independence. 

The Committee also monitors 
arrangements to ensure the independence 
of the auditor is not compromised either 
by the non-audit work undertaken  
or the relationship they have with 
executive management.  

During the year, and to reflect best 
governance practice, the Committee 
further tightened the Company’s 
policy to limit use of the auditor from 
2020 onwards to only audit and other 
assurance related activities.

During the year Grant Thornton was paid fees of £251k (2018: £220k) in respect 
of audit and non-audit work as follows:

Audit fees in relation to the audit of the Company

Audit fees in relation to the audit of subsidiaries
Audit related assurance fees in relation to the interim 
review
Total audit fees for audit and audit related  
assurance services
Tax compliance services
Tax advisory services
Other services
Total fees for audit and non-audit services

2019
£'000
87

2018
£'000
33

119

18
224

14
4
9
251

143

15
191

10
–
19
220

• 

the teams performing tax 
compliance work including the 
computation and compliance  
work were separate and led by  
a different partner;

•  other services include accounts 
preparation for a non-significant 
subsidiary and assurance work 
under the German Packaging 
Act. In both cases the teams 
performing the work were separate 
to the Group audit team and led by 
a different partner.

Terms of reference
The Committee maintains its terms 
of reference under review and makes 
recommendations for changes to 
the Board as required. There were no 
changes made during 2019. Details of 
the full terms of reference are available 
on the Company’s website.

Andrew Herbert 
Chairman of the Audit Committee

The remuneration 
arrangements are 
designed to be in the best 
interests of the Company 
and appropriately aligned 
to its strategic goals.

As Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee, I am pleased to present 
the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
for the financial year ended 31 
December 2019. The Remuneration 
Committee comprises the three  
non-executive directors.

Since our IPO in 2016, we have 
adopted the corporate governance 
code published by the Quoted 
Companies Alliance (the ‘QCA 
Code’) and continue to do so. The 
Remuneration Committee carried 
out a review during the year and is 
satisfied it continues to meet, and 
exceed, the standards set by the  
QCA Code. 

The report is split into three parts:

•  This Annual Statement.

•  A “Remuneration Overview” 

section which provides a brief 
summary of the Company’s 
remuneration agreements with  
its directors.

•  An Annual Report on 

Remuneration which sets out 
payments made to the directors 
and details the link between 
Company’s performance and 
remuneration for the 2019  
financial year.

Our approach to 
executive pay
The remuneration arrangements 
for the executive directors 
are designed to be in the 
best interests of the Company 

and appropriately aligned to 
its strategic goals, delivering 
shareholder value and 

supporting the long-term 
success of the Company. 

In 2018, the Committee engaged a 
third party to benchmark executive 
remuneration. This exercise was used 
to inform remuneration decisions 
for the new Group Finance Director 
(“FD”), appointed in July 2018, and to 
align the remuneration of the Group 
Managing Director (“MD”)  
with the market. 

The Committee believes that 
the remuneration levels are now 
competitive and reflect the current 
scale and responsibility of the 
executive directors’ roles. Further 
details are set out in the Annual 
Report on Remuneration.

The Group operates a long-term 
incentive plan (‘LTIP’) for the executive 
directors and members of the senior 
management team. Where executive 
directors participate in the LTIP 
scheme, awards are now subject to 
a minimum two-year post-vesting 
holding period, bringing the total 
period of the awards to five years. 
Further details of the grant made in 
2019 under the LTIP can be found in 
the Directors Remuneration Report  
on page 50.

The Committee takes a pragmatic 
approach to the remuneration of 
its executives, acknowledging the 
substantial shareholdings of the MD 
and the 2018 benchmarking of the 
remuneration levels of both the MD 
and FD. The Committee is satisfied 
that the incumbents are incentivised 
to achieve strong performance. 
However, the Committee recognises 
that remuneration agreements may 
need to be reviewed should there 
be any changes or additions to the 
Executive Board or changes in the 
scope or responsibilities of a role  

“ Appropriately aligned 
to its strategic goals, 
delivering shareholder 
value and supporting the 
long term.”
Mike Ashley 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

46

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

47

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   46

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:12:26

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   47

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:12:29

Statement from the Chairman of the
Statement from the Chairman of the
Remuneration Committee continued
Remuneration Committee continued

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

and will continue to monitor this  
going forward. 

In addition to the Committee’s  
remit of the remuneration of the 
executive directors, the Committee 
strongly focuses on succession and 
the development of the next tier  
of talent in the business. It is our 
strategy to retain and incentivise  
the leadership of the future and  
the Committee takes an active role  
in reviewing the remuneration 
structures of the senior leadership.

Alignment with the wider 
workforce 
The Company believes in treating 
all employees fairly and encourages 
employee share ownership across the 
Group. As at 31 December 2019, over 
half of Group employees were either 
shareholders or participants in share 
awards that will vest in the next  
three years.

Each year since IPO, the Company 
has made free share awards and/or 
LTIP awards to employees that meet 
the Committee’s criteria. Free shares, 
which vest after three years, have 
typically been awarded to employees 
of eligible Group companies based 
on length of service. The first vesting 
of free share awards (issued at IPO) 
occurred in 2019 and resulted in 
121,000 shares being awarded to  
over 240 members of staff.

Broader employee remuneration is 
considered by the Committee when 
determining executive remuneration, 
for example, executive directors’ 
pension arrangements (at 6% of base 
salary) are aligned to those offered 
to the wider workforce. Executive 
salary increases are also considered 
in the context of those given to other 
staff and are not expected to be 
significantly different to overall salary 
increases (other than in exceptional 
circumstances or significant growth  
of the company).

2016 share award vesting
LTIP awards have been made to 
senior management to align personal 
objectives with the Company’s 
strategic goals and recognise long 
term value creation.

The first awards were made in July 
2016 following the Company’s IPO.  
The Committee was pleased to be able 
to determine that the performance 
criteria for the vesting of the 2016 
awards were met in full (based on 
financial performance for the three 
years ended 31 December 2018).  
No executive directors were  
included in this vesting.

After the period end the Committee 
considered the performance criteria 
for LTIP awards due to vest in 2020 
and it has determined that these 
awards will also vest in full.

Advisory vote on Directors’ 
Remuneration Report
At the 2019 AGM the Company 
included an advisory vote on the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report for 
the first time. While the Committee 
acknowledges that this is beyond 
the requirements of the QCA code, 
it determined that this was an 
opportunity to better engage with 
shareholders on this important topic. 
The outcome of the 2019 advisory 
vote was 97.72% in favour. The 2019 
Directors’ Remuneration Report  
will be subject to an advisory vote  
at the 2020 AGM.

2019 performance and 
remuneration
In the past year, the Company has 
continued to grow strongly, delivering 
an increased overall market share. 
Revenue has grown by 19.6% to £686.2 
million and adjusted operating profit 
by 10.6% to £33.5 million). In addition, 
the Group completed four strategic 
acquisitions: entering three new 
territories (Switzerland, Norway and 
Italy) and adding lighting distribution 
in Spain. Our executive team, led by 
the MD and FD, has been instrumental 
in driving this growth.

However, market conditions were 
challenging in 2019. While the 
Committee recognises the hard work 
and commitment of our people, 2019 
profit growth performance was below 
our expectations and the element 
of bonus linked to profit growth 
(60%) was not paid. The Committee 
determined that part of the annual 
bonuses for the executive directors, 

directors and the fees for the non-
executive directors by amounts 
consistent with the general salary 
increases awarded to the broader 
workforce from 1 January 2020. 

The MD’s salary was increased by  
2.5% to £322,875 from 1 January 2020. 
The FD’s salary was increased by  
3% to £257,500 from 1 January 2020.

From 1 January 2020, the fees of 
the non-executive chairman were 
increased by 2.5% to £83,000.  
While the fees for the other non-
executives were increased by 2.4%  
to £42,000 from the same date.

Summary 
The Committee believes that the 
current remuneration arrangements 
are in the best interests of the 
Company and are appropriately 
aligned to strategic goals, delivering 
shareholder value and supporting the 
long-term success of the Company. 
The Company has ambitious plans to 
grow, and consideration will need to 
be given to the nature of remuneration 
arrangements that will be necessary 
to deliver the Company’s strategy. 
To ensure that strategic alignment 
is maintained, the Committee will 
continue to monitor its remuneration 
agreements in light of the evolving 
strategic, business and economic 
climate.

We are committed to a responsible 
and transparent approach in respect 
of executive pay and I hope that you 
find the information in this report 
helpful and informative.

Mike Ashley 
Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee

linked to cash conversion and 
stretching strategic objectives, were  
to be paid based on achievement  
of the performance criteria.

The Committee believes that the 
stretching nature of the bonus  
targets is reflected in the quantum  
of the bonus awards for 2019. Further 
details are set out in the Directors 
Remuneration Report on page 50.

Stephen Lamb joined the Company 
as FD on 26 July 2018. As disclosed 
in last year’s report, the Company put 
in place awards to offset forfeited 
payments from his previous employer. 
This included the grant of 50,000 
nominal value share options which 
vest over three years, subject to 
continued employment. The first 
tranche of these options (30,000) 
vested on 26 July 2019 with the 
remaining options vesting over the 
next two years. 

The Committee granted awards of 
share options under the LTIP scheme 
in 2019 to executive directors and 
other senior employees.  However,  
due to his substantial shareholding  
the MD did not participate in LTIP 
awards made in 2019.

The FD was awarded share options, 
which vest after three years, subject 
to the achievement of performance 
criteria. A two-year minimum post-
vesting holding period also applies.

The Committee expects executive 
directors to have sufficient 
shareholdings to align their interests 
with shareholders. Given the MD’s 
substantial shareholding and the FD 
joining the Company in 2018, the 
Committee has not issued guidelines 
on minimum shareholdings by 
executive directors, but it will keep  
this under review.

Key activities of the 
Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee sets 
the overall approach to remuneration 
and the terms of employment of the 
executive directors, having regard to 
pay and conditions elsewhere in the 
Group. The Committee aims to ensure 
that the remuneration packages 
offered are competitive, and designed 
to attract, retain and motivate 

directors of the right calibre, as well  
as being aligned to the Group’s 
corporate objectives.

The Remuneration Committee met 
four times during 2019 and its key 
activities were as follows:

•  Reviewed the 2018 Directors’ 

Remuneration Report;

•  Agreed 2018 annual bonus awards 
for executive directors and the 
wider Senior Management Team;

•  Discussed 2019 annual bonus 

scheme proposal for executive 
directors and the Senior 
Management Team for 2019;

•  Reviewed the 2016 LTIP award 
performance and approved the 
vesting in full of these awards;

•  Supported the creation of a new 
employee benefit trust to enable 
LTIP award vesting;

•  Reviewed the executive directors’ 
remuneration arrangements for 
2020;

•  Considered the remuneration of 

the Senior Management Team for 
2020; and

•  Reviewed the gender pay gap 
figures for Midwich Limited.

During the year, the Committee 
assessed the remuneration of the 
executive and the fees for the non-
executive directors. Consideration 
was given to market benchmarks. The 
Committee believes that the current 
levels of executive and non-executive 
remuneration are appropriate given 
the scale and complexity of the Group. 

Both the remuneration policy and 
LTIP scheme are summarised in the 
“Remuneration Overview” section  
of this report.  

Outlook for the 2020 
financial year
While 2019 profit performance 
was below target the Committee 
recognises that the Company has 
delivered long term shareholder 
returns, grown strongly, made market 
share gains and completed strategic 
acquisitions. The Committee increased 
the base salaries of the executive 

48

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

49

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   48

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:12:30

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   49

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:12:30

Directors’
Remuneration Report

Summary of remuneration agreements
In setting the remuneration arrangements the Remuneration Committee takes into account:

1. The responsibilities of each individual’s role and their experience and performance;

2.  The need to attract, retain and motivate executive directors and senior management, ensuring an appropriate mix 

between fixed and variable pay;

3. The pay and benefits arrangements elsewhere in the Group, and in the sector;

4.  Periodic external benchmarking to consider market conditions, and remuneration practices for roles of a similar size 

and complexity; and

5. The need to align the overall reward arrangements with the Company’s strategy, both in the short and long term.

A summary of the remuneration arrangements applicable to remuneration in 2019 and 2020 is set out below for reference 
to assist with the understanding of the contents of this report and to demonstrate alignment with strategy.

Performance metrics 
used, weighting and 
time period applicable

None

None

Purpose and link to 
strategy

Base salary
Provides a base level of 
remuneration to support 
recruitment and retention 
of executive directors with 
the necessary experience 
and expertise to deliver 
the Company’s strategy.

Benefits and 
pension
Provides a competitive 
level of benefits and 
pension.

Operation

Opportunity

Salaries are reviewed at the 
discretion of the Committee.

The executive directors receive 
benefits which include pension,  
car allowance and private  
medical insurance. 

The FD also receives a contribution 
towards weekday accommodation 
near the Company’s head office.

Further benefits may also  
be provided for relocation 
following the appointment  
of new executives.

Base salaries will be 
set by the Committee 
at an appropriate level, 
with consideration 
given to comparable 
listed companies, 
experience in role 
and the Company’s 
performance.

Employer pension 
contribution of 6% of 
base salary per annum 
or a salary supplement 
representing this 
contribution net of 
employer’s National 
Insurance of 13.8%. 

The maximum value  
of other benefits  
will be set at the cost  
of providing the 
benefits described. 

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Purpose and link to 
strategy

Annual bonus
The annual bonus provides 
a significant incentive to 
the executive directors 
linked to achievement 
in delivering strategic 
goals, including financial 
performance. Maximum 
bonus is only payable 
for achieving demanding 
targets.  

Long-term 
incentive plans 
(‘LTIP’)
The LTIP provides  
a significant incentive  
to the executive directors 
linked to achievement  
in delivering longer term 
strategic goals, including 
sustained financial 
performance. Maximum 
awards are only payable 
for achieving demanding 
targets.

Non-executive 
director fees
Provides a level of fees 
to support recruitment 
and retention of non-
executive directors with 
the necessary experience 
to advise and assist 
with establishing and 
monitoring the Company’s 
strategic objectives.

Operation

Opportunity

The maximum bonus 
opportunity is currently 
100% of base salary.

Performance is measured annually 
against a range of pre-determined 
performance conditions. Outcomes 
are determined by the Committee 
after the year end based on 
performance against these targets. 

All bonus payments are at 
the ultimate discretion of the 
Committee and the Committee 
retains an overriding ability 
to ensure that overall bonus 
payments reflect its view of 
corporate performance during  
the year.

Annual bonuses are paid in cash 
after the end of the financial year 
to which they relate.

Performance metrics 
used, weighting and 
time period applicable

Performance is measured 
over the financial year.

Targets are set annually 
by the Committee.

Performance metrics  
for 2020 will include 
targets for:

•  profit growth

•  cash conversion

•  strategic targets

LTIP awards are made using 
nominal cost share options. 

Performance is measured over 
three financial years against 
a range of pre-determined 
performance conditions.

The maximum LTIP 
award is 200% of base 
salary.

Performance is measured 
over a minimum three-
year performance period.

This may be increased 
to 300% in exceptional 
circumstances.

Targets are set for each 
performance period by 
the Committee.

LTIP awards are subject to a two-
year post-vesting holding period. 

All LTIP awards are at the ultimate 
discretion of the Committee 
and the Committee retains an 
overriding ability to ensure that 
overall LTIP awards reflect its view 
of corporate performance during 
the period.

LTIP awards may attract dividend 
equivalents for the duration of the 
performance period.

Non-executive directors are paid  
a base fee. 

Fees are reviewed from time 
to time at the Remuneration 
Committee’s discretion based on 
equivalent roles in an appropriate 
comparator group used to review 
salaries paid to the executive 
directors. 

Performance metrics  
for the 2019 awards  
are based on adjusted 
EPS growth.

None

The base fees for non-
executive directors are 
set at a market rate. 
No additional fees are 
awarded for committee 
chairmanship or 
membership.

50

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

51

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   50

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:12:30

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   51

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:12:30

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Approach to recruitment remuneration of executive directors
The Company’s approach when setting the remuneration of any newly recruited executive director will be assessed  
in line with the same principles for the existing executive directors, as set out in the service agreements above. The 
Remuneration Committee’s approach to recruitment remuneration is to pay no more than is necessary to attract  
candidates of the appropriate calibre and experience needed for the role from the market in which the Company  
competes. The Remuneration Committee is mindful that it wishes to avoid paying more than it considers necessary  
to secure the preferred candidate and will have regard to guidelines and shareholder sentiment regarding one-off  
or enhanced short-term or long-term incentive payments made on recruitment and the appropriateness of any 
performance measures associated with an award. 

Executive directors’ termination payments
The Remuneration Committee will honour executive directors’ contractual entitlements. Service agreements do not contain 
liquidated damages clauses. If a contract is to be terminated, the Remuneration Committee will determine such mitigation 
as it considers fair and reasonable in each case. There are no contractual arrangements that would guarantee a pension 
with limited or no abatement on severance or early retirement. There is no agreement between the Company and its 
executive directors or employees, providing for compensation for loss of office or employment that occurs because  
of a takeover bid.

The Remuneration Committee reserves the right to make additional payments where such payments are made  
in good faith in discharge of an existing legal obligation (or by way of damages for breach of such an obligation),  
or by way of settlement or compromise of any claim arising in connection with the termination of an executive  
director’s office or employment.

When determining any loss of office payment for a departing individual the Remuneration Committee will always seek  
to minimise cost to the Company while seeking to address the circumstances at the time.

Directors’
Remuneration Report continued

Wider employee pay
As outlined in the Chairman’s Statement, the Company is committed to developing the next tier of talent and the 
Committee spent some time during the year reviewing, with the executive directors, the remuneration of the senior 
leadership.  The MD put forward proposals to the Committee for increases to base salary and bonus potential together 
with long-term incentive awards in line with these individuals’ performance. The proposals also reflected the executive 
directors’ commitment to retaining and incentivising those individuals who are key to the future success of the Company 
with succession planning in mind. 

Pay and conditions elsewhere in the Group were taken into account when considering arrangements for the remuneration 
of the executive directors. For example, the executive directors’ pension contributions are consistent with those for the 
wider employee population. The same overarching remuneration principles apply, but are proportionate to an individual’s 
influence at Group level. 

The Committee also encourages the participation of Midwich employees in share ownership and is supportive of the 
Group’s share participation and free share award programmes. At 31 December 2019, over half of Group employees were 
participants in the Group’s share ownership programmes.

Directors’ service agreements and letters of appointment
The dates on which directors’ initial service agreements/letters of appointment commenced and the current notice periods 
are as follows:

Executive directors

Date of 
original 
appointment

Term of 
appointment

Notice period

Stephen Fenby

13 April 2016

Continuous

Stephen Lamb

26 July 2018

Continuous

Subject to nine months’ written notice by either 
party

Subject to nine months’ written notice by either 
party

Non-Executive directors

Date of 
original 
appointment

Term of 
appointment

Notice period

Andrew Herbert

13 April 2016

Continuous

Subject to three months’ written notice by either 
party

Mike Ashley

13 April 2016

Continuous

Subject to three months’ written notice by either 
party

Hilary Wright

9 March 2018

Continuous

Subject to three months’ written notice by either 
party

The non-executive directors’ letters of appointment were renewed in March 2019 at which time the term of appointment 
was changed from three years to continuous. Performance of the Board and independence of the non-executive directors 
is assessed annually.

Executive and non-executive directors are subject to annual re-election by shareholders at the AGM.

52

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

53

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   52

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:12:30

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   53

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:12:30

Annual
Report on Remuneration

Total shareholder returns
This year, the Committee decided to include reporting on Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) for the first time. The chart 
below shows Midwich Group plc’s annual TSR performance against the AIM All-Share Index over the period since IPO  
(May 2016).

The Committee believes that a well-run business will deliver superior returns to its shareholders over time. In the period 
since IPO we have created over £250m of value through market capitalisation growth and dividends. Over the same period, 
we have outperformed the AIM all share index by 83%.

O
P

I

n
r
u
t
e
r

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
s

l

a
t
o
T

)
6
1
0
2

y
a
M
6
t
a
0
0
1
o
t
d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
(

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

31/12/15

31/12/16

31/12/17

31/12/18

31/12/19

Midwich

FTSE AIM All-share

Executive director remuneration

(Audited – see note 7 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements)

The table below sets out the total remuneration with a breakdown for each executive director in respect of the 2019 
financial year. Comparative figures for the 2018 financial year have also been provided. 

£’000

Base salary
2019

2018

Benefits1

2019

2018

Annual Bonus
2018
2019

Pension2

Other4

Total

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

Stephen Fenby
Stephen Lamb3

315
250

263
108

12
30

12
12

58
36

131
54

16
13

14
6

–
168

–
68

401
497

2018

420
248

1  The taxable benefits received in 2018 and 2019 were principally car allowances and private medical insurance. Stephen Lamb also receives a 
contribution to weekday accommodation near the Company’s head office.

2  Executive directors receive pension contributions of 6% of base salary. Pension contributions were delivered as a salary supplement net of 

employer’s National Insurance of 13.8%. 

3 Stephen Lamb was appointed to the Board on 26 July 2018.

4  On appointment, Stephen Lamb received a cash award of £68,000 based on the forfeited pro rata exp ected annual bonus payment from his 

previous employer. In addition, he received 50,000 nominal cost options which vest over a three-year period, from his date of appointment, subject 
to continued employment. The value of these awards, at the time of grant, was £265,000 based on the share price of 530 pence at the date of grant 
and an exercise price of 1 penny. 30,000 of these options vested on 26 July 2019 at a value of £167,700 based on a share price of 560 pence at the 
date of vesting – this value is included in that table above. The remaining 20,000 nominal cost options vest equally in 2020 and 2021, subject to 
continued employment.

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Non-executive directors (Audited) 
The table below sets out the total remuneration and breakdown for each non-executive director. 

£’000

Andrew Herbert
Mike Ashley
Hilary Wright1

Fees

2019

81
41
41

2018

81
41
34

Total

2019

81
41
41

2018

81
41
34

1 Hilary Wright was appointed non-executive director on 9 March 2018. Her fees at appointment were £41,000 per annum.

Additional information regarding directors’ remuneration
The Remuneration Committee considers that performance conditions for all incentives are suitably demanding, having 
regard to the business strategy, shareholder expectations, the markets in which the Group operates and external advice.  
To the extent that any performance condition is not met, the relevant part of the award will lapse. There is no retesting  
of performance.

Base salary 
Salary levels as at the end of the financial period were:

Executive director
Stephen Fenby
Stephen Lamb

Base salary
£315,000
£250,000

Base salaries for the 2020 financial year are set out on page 56 of this report. 

Bonus awards
The annual bonus opportunity for the executive directors in the year was a maximum of 100% of base salary and 
performance was assessed against the following metrics:

•  Profit growth targets (60% weighting)

•  Cash conversion rate (20% weighting)

•  Strategic targets (20% weighting)

The following bonus awards were approved by the Remuneration Committee for the executive directors. Further detail on 
2019 performance is set out on page 48:

Executive director
Stephen Fenby
Stephen Lamb

Maximum bonus 
opportunity
(% of salary)
100%
100%

Bonus awarded
(% of maximum)
18.3%
14.4%

Bonus awarded
(% of salary)
18.3%
14.4%

Bonus awarded
(£’000)
58
36

The Remuneration Committee considers that the specific performance targets for the 2019 annual bonus awards remain 
commercially sensitive.

Long-term incentives awarded in 2019 
To reflect the substantial shareholdings of Stephen Fenby, and in line with the approach taken since IPO, no LTIP awards 
were granted to him during the year. Stephen Lamb was awarded options up to 50,000 shares which are subject  
to both performance criteria and a two-year post vesting holding period.

54

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

55

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   54

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:12:31

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   55

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:12:31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual
Report on Remuneration continued

Share interests
The interests of directors and their connected persons in Ordinary Shares and share options as at 31 December 2019 are 
presented in the table below.

Annual bonus
The maximum bonus opportunity for the MD and FD will be maintained at 100% of base salary. Pay-outs will be determined 
by performance against the following targets:

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Ordinary  
Shares at  
31 December 
2019
19,125,000
7,766
30,000
1,442
4,000

Vested but not 
exercised
–
30,000
–
–
–

Options held:
Unvested 
and subject 
to continued 
employment
–
20,000
–
–
–

Unvested and 
subject to 
performance 
criteria1
–
100,000
–
–
–

Percentage 
shareholding
23.91%
<0.01%
0.04%
<0.01%
<0.01%

Percentage of 
salary held2
33,392%
75%
n/a
n/a
n/a

Director
Stephen Fenby
Stephen Lamb
Andrew Herbert
Mike Ashley
Hilary Wright

1 Subject to a two-year post-vesting holding period.

2  Percentage of salary held is based on a share price of £5.50 on 31 December 2019. Vested but unexercised options and options that are only subject 

to continued employment are included at 53% of their nominal value to reflect estimated tax deductions.

Stephen Fenby is subject to a lock-in agreement following the IPO on 6 May 2016 as follows:

•  For a period of four years after the IPO (i.e. up to 5 May 2020), he must retain a shareholding equal to 20% of the shares held  

on the IPO.

No share options were exercised by directors during the year. All share options lapse, if they are not exercised, ten years 
after the grant date.

•  Profit growth targets (60% weighting)

•  Cash conversion rate (20% weighting)

•  Strategic targets (20% weighting)

Long-term incentive
The Group MD and FD will be eligible to participate in any long-term incentive awards granted during 2020. However, due 
to his significant existing shareholding, it is expected that the MD will not participate in the 2020 award. The Remuneration 
Committee will keep this under review in future years.

Pension
Company pension contributions will remain at 6% of base salary. The MD and FD each elect to receive this via salary 
supplement of 6% of salary (less employer’s National Insurance of 13.8%) in lieu of pension contributions.

Non-executive director fees
Non-executive director fees were increased by 2.5% (Chairman) or 2.4% (other non-executives) from 1 January 2020.  
The table below sets out the 2020 fees for the non-executive directors (with previous fees included for reference):

Fees

As at 
31 December 
2019
£81,000
£41,000
£41,000

As at 
1 January 
2020
£83,000
£42,000
£42,000

Non-Executive fees in 2019
Fees for the non-executive directors were not increased for the year ending 31 December 2019. 

Fees at the end of the financial period were:

Andrew Herbert
Mike Ashley
Hilary Wright

Non-executive director
Andrew Herbert 
Mike Ashley
Hilary Wright

Fees
£81,000
£41,000
£41,000

Adviser
During the financial year the Committee received independent advice from PwC. As founder members of the Remuneration 
Consultants Group, PwC voluntarily operate under the Voluntary Code of Conduct in relation to executive remuneration 
consulting in the UK. The Remuneration Committee is satisfied that the advice received was objective and independent.

Non-executive director fees for the 2020 financial year are set out on page 57 of this report. 

Implementation of remuneration agreements in 2020
Base salary 
The salaries of the MD and FD were increased by 2.5% and 3% respectively from 1 January 2020.

The table below sets out the base salaries effective from 1 January 2020 (with previous base salaries included for reference):

Approval
This report is approved by the Board on 9 March 2020 and signed on its behalf by:

Mike Ashley
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

Stephen Fenby
Stephen Lamb

Base salary
As at  
31 December 
2019
£315,000
£250,000

As at  
1 January 
2020
£322,875
£257,500

56

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

57

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   56

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:12:31

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   57

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:12:31

Directors’
Report

The directors present their report and 
the financial statements of the Group 
for the year ended 31 December 2019. 
Some disclosures that would normally 
be included in the Directors’ Report are 
included in the Strategic Report. These 
include the review of the principal risks 
and uncertainties facing the business 
(on pages 22 to 25) and an indication 
of likely future developments for the 
Group (on pages 22 to 25).

Credit risk
The Group’s principal financial assets 
are cash and trade receivables.

In order to manage credit risk, the 
directors prioritise the credit control 
function, and clear procedures are in 
place to take on new customers and 
manage and mitigate the impact of 
slow payers. The Group is a significant 
purchaser of credit insurance cover. 

Results and dividends
The profit after tax for the period 
amounted to £18.2 million (2018  
£15.3 million). The Company paid 
dividends in the year of £12.3 million 
(2018: £11.3 million).

Going concern
The Board takes all reasonable steps  
to review and consider any factors  
that may affect the ability of the  
Group to continue as a going concern. 
The Group’s forecasts and projections, 
taking account of reasonably possible 
changes in trading performance,  
show that the Group is able to  
generate sufficient liquidity to  
continue in operational existence  
for the foreseeable future. At the  
end of 2019 the directors considered 
the working capital of the business 
to be adequate for its needs, and the 
Group therefore continues to adopt 
the going concern basis in preparing 
consolidated financial statements. In 
January 2020, the Group increased 
its revolving credit facility to increase 
headroom for future growth.

Financial risk management 
and policies
The Group uses various financial 
instruments such as loans, invoice 
discounting, forward exchange 
contracts, trade receivables and trade 
payables that arise directly from its 
operations. The main purpose of  
the financial instruments is to  
provide working capital for the 
Group’s operations.

The main financial risks arising from 
the Group’s operations are credit risk, 
interest rate risk, currency risk and 
liquidity risk. The directors review  
and agree policies for managing  
each of these risks and they are 
summarised below.

Interest rate risk
The Group’s borrowing facilities, 
including its invoice discounting 
facilities, are linked to either LIBOR 
or base rate. An increase in these 
benchmarks would impact the  
Group’s cost of borrowing which,  
in turn, would affect the Group’s 
financial performance. 

During the year, the Group entered 
into certain financial instruments 
to swap an element of its variable 
interest rate borrowings to fixed 
interest rates. The purpose of this was 
to provide greater certainty of future 
interest payments.

The Group regularly monitors its 
exposure to interest rate movements 
and, where appropriate, will consider 
further risk management products to 
mitigate this risk.

Currency risk
The Group companies largely source 
their goods and supply their customers 
in their domestic currency. In addition, 
many foreign currency denominated 
payments or receipts are hedged 
naturally with each other. 

In the event of a long-term and material 
exposure to a movement in currency 
the Group takes out risk management 
products to reduce the risk.   

Liquidity risk
The Group seeks to manage financial 
risk by ensuring sufficient liquidity  
is available to meet foreseeable  
needs and to invest cash assets  
safely and profitably.

Short term flexibility is achieved  
by invoice finance facilities and 
overdraft facilities. 

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Directors
The directors of the Company during the year and their beneficial interest in the Ordinary Shares of the Company at 
31 December 2019 are set out below: 

Ordinary Shares

Mr S B Fenby
Mr S Lamb
Mr A C Herbert 
Mr M Ashley 
Mrs H Wright

2019

2018
19,125,000 20,040,000
7,500
30,000
1,442
4,000
19,168,208 22,606,422

7,766
30,000
1,442
4,000

Stephen Lamb is the only director with interests in share options of the Company. These are detailed on page 120.

Directors’ remuneration

2019
Salary/fees 
and bonus
£’000

2019

Pension
£’000

2019
Benefits in 
Kind
£’000

2019
Share option 
vesting
£’000

373
–
286
81
41
41
822

16
–
13
–
–
–
29

12
–
30
–
–
–
42

–
–
168
–
–
–
168

2019

2018

Total
£’000

401
–
497
81
41
41
1,061

Total
£’000

420
98
248
81
41
34
922

Mr S B Fenby
Mr A M G Bailey1
Mr S Lamb2
Mr A C Herbert
Mr M Ashley
Mrs H Wright3

1 Resigned 30 June 2018

2 Appointed 26 July 2018

3 Appointed 9 March 2018

Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance
The Company maintains insurance cover for the directors and key personnel against liabilities which may be incurred by 
them while carrying out their duties.

Employee involvement and policies
We recognise the importance of our staff to the success of the business, since our product sales rely on the excellent 
service provided by our team. We aim to attract, motivate and retain the best people in our industry, regardless of race, age 
or disability. The Group provides its employees with information and consults with staff on matters of concern to them.

The Group gives full consideration to applications for employment from disabled persons where the requirements of the 
job can be adequately fulfilled by a handicapped or disabled person. Where existing employees become disabled, it is the 
Group’s policy whenever practicable to provide continuing employment under normal terms and conditions and to provide 
training and career development and promotion to disabled employees wherever appropriate.

The Board would like to thank our staff for the support, commitment and enthusiasm shown last year.

58

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

59

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   58

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:12:32

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   59

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:12:32

Directors’
Report continued

Substantial shareholders 
The Company has been notified of the following interests of 3% or more in its issued share capital as at 10 March 2020: 

Shareholders
Midwich Group plc directors and related parties
Aberdeen Standard Investments
Octopus Investments Limited
Canaccord Genuity Group Inc
Granular Capital Ltd

Number of 
Shares
19,371,208
11,787,989
6,417,560
5,768,260
2,812,504

 (%)
22.03
13.41
7.30
6.56
3.20

•  prepare the financial statements on 
the going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the 
company will continue in business. 
Prepare the financial statement on 
the going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the 
Group will continue in business.

Auditor
The auditor, Grant Thornton UK LLP, 
will be proposed for reappointment 
in accordance with section 485 of the 
Companies Act 2006.

This report was approved by the 
Board and signed on its behalf.

Mr S B Fenby
Director

Date: 9 March 2020

Company registration number: 
08793266

The directors are responsible for 
keeping adequate accounting records 
that are sufficient to show and explain 
the company’s transactions and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at 
any time the financial position of the 
company and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements comply 
with the Companies Act 2006. They 
are also responsible for safeguarding 
the assets of the company and hence 
for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and 
other irregularities.

The directors confirm that:

•  so far as each director is 

• 

aware, there is no relevant 
audit information of which the 
company’s auditor is unaware; and

the directors have taken all the 
steps that they ought to have 
taken as directors in order to make 
themselves aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish 
that the company’s auditor is 
aware of that information.

Directors’ Responsibilities 
Statement
The directors are responsible for 
preparing the Strategic Report, 
Directors’ Report and the financial 
statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the directors 
to prepare financial statements for 
each financial year. Under that law 
the directors have to prepare the 
financial statements in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the 
European Union and have elected to 
prepare the Parent Company financial 
statements in accordance with 
United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice (United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards and applicable 
law, including FRS 101 ‘Reduced 
Disclosure Framework’). Under 
company law the directors must not 
approve the financial statements 
unless they are satisfied that they 
give a true and fair view of the state 
of affairs and profit or loss of the 
company and group for that period. In 
preparing these financial statements, 
the directors are required to:

•  Select suitable accounting policies 

and then apply them consistently;

•  Make judgements and estimates 
that are reasonable and prudent;

•  State whether applicable IFRSs as 
adopted by the European Union 
have been followed, subject to 
any material departures disclosed 
and explained in the financial 
statements; 

Overview  /  Strategic Report  /  Our Governance  /  Our Financials  /  Additional Information

“ Daepuda 

ecturContinued 
growth from a 
tendit proven 
model ro beat 
velente ni dis ea 
volo magnatu 
ribus.”
Name Surname 
Job role

Case study
Prase Media Technologies

Helping to create the wow-factor

With more than 27 years delivering 
professional audio and video 
products to the Italian market, Prase 
Media Technologies was hired to 
help find the solution for a much-
anticipated tour in Italy. 

During 2018, The ‘Al Centro’ tour 
celebrated the 50-year career of 
Claudio Baglioni (a pillar in the Italian 
music community) and consisted of 
30 dates with a cumulative audience 
of more than 250,000 people. 

Like its name, the singer performed 
surrounded by the audience on a 
square shaped stage in the centre 
of the venue. This design meant 
a virtual scenography of the floor 
was required to show every visible 
point within the location. The ideal 

solution? A laser projector. However, 
this caused some challenges with 
mixing the light show and projectors 
together. 

Manufactured to resist the demands 
of a tour and offering the highest 
brightness level (25,000 lumens), the 
Epson EBL25000U was the perfect 
choice. 

Alongside the Epson Italian team, 
Prase provided support to Agora, 
who oversaw AV during the tour, 
through custom demonstrations and 
starting configurations. 

The final arrangement consisted of 
eight Epson EBL25000U projectors 
(four stacks of two) with Epson 
ELPLU05 and ELPLR05 lenses 

as well as Euromet 17462 micro-
adjustable mounts. 

Light, compact, high brightness 
levels, lens shift and Epson software 
meant that the projector worked well 
with the lights and could withstand 
the movement involved with being 
on tour. 

The result was a time and space 
saving solution that was perfect for 
a full-on schedule of dates while 
helping to provide the desired wow-
factor for the audience.

60

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

61

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   60

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:12:32

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   61

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:12:36

Resolution
Summary

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

other than to existing shareholders, 
save as permitted in connection with 
an acquisition or specified capital 
investment as described above, 
without prior consultation with 
shareholders.

If Resolutions 10 and 11 are passed, the 
authorities will expire at the conclusion 
of the next Annual General Meeting 
of the Company, or, if earlier, the date 
which is 15 months after the date of 
passing of the Resolutions. It is the 
Board's current intention to seek 
renewal of such authorities at each 
future Annual General Meeting of the 
Company.

Covid 19 statement
In the lead up to the Annual General 
Meeting (notice of which is set out 
below), we are closely monitoring 
the impact of the COVID-19 virus 
in the United Kingdom. In light of 
current public health advice and 
“Stay at Home” legislation recently 
introduced, external shareholders (i.e. 
shareholders who do not also hold 
office as a director of the Company) 
are prohibited from attending the 
Annual General Meeting in person. 
Accordingly, so as to ensure their 
vote is counted at the Annual 
General Meeting, all shareholders 
are strongly recommended to vote 
electronically at www.signalshares.
com as your vote will automatically 
be counted. Given the currently 
escalating situation sending a paper 
proxy is no guarantee of having your 
vote counted. Further, the Company 
will be providing a conference call 
link to enable shareholders to follow 
proceedings of the meeting and 
potentially to ask questions remotely. 
All shareholders are encouraged to 
use these facilities should they wish 
to follow the progress of the meeting. 
Any shareholders who wish to listen 
to the meeting by such means, should 
contact the Company Secretary prior 
to the day of the meeting at Stephen.
lamb@midwich.com in order to 
request conference dial-in details.

Withdrawal of final 
dividend recommendation 
In line with the Company’s update 
of 30 March 2020, and to preserve 
cash during the COVID-19 disruption, 
the Board has taken the decision to 
withdraw its intention to propose a 
final dividend for 2019. 

Annual General Meeting
The notice convening the Annual 
General Meeting (the “AGM”) is set out 
on page 131. Resolutions 1 to 8 set out 
in the notice of the AGM deal with the 
ordinary business to be transacted at 
the AGM. The special business to be 
transacted at the meeting is set out in 
Resolutions 9 to 11.

Resolutions 1 to 9 are being proposed 
as ordinary resolutions (and therefore 
need the approval of a simple majority 

of those shareholders who are present 
and voting in person or by proxy at 
the AGM) and Resolutions 10 and 11 are 
being proposed as special resolutions 
(and therefore need the approval of at 
least 75 per cent of those shareholders 
who are present and voting in person 
or by proxy at the AGM).

Presentation of the 
Company’s annual 
accounts (Resolution 1)
Resolution 1 deals with the adoption 
of the Company’s annual accounts for 
the financial year ending 31 December 
2019.

Re-election of Directors 
(Resolutions 2 to 6)
The Company’s Articles of Association 
require the number nearest to one 
third of the Board to retire by rotation 
at each Annual General. The UK 
Corporate Governance Code provides 
that all Directors should be subject to 
re-election by their shareholders every 
year. In accordance with this provision 
of the UK Corporate Governance Code 
and in keeping with the Board’s aim of 
following best corporate governance 
practice, the Board has decided that, 
as at recent Annual General Meetings 
of the Company, all Directors should 
retire at each Annual General Meeting 
and offer themselves for re-election. 

Information about the Directors is set 
out on pages 36 and 37.

Re-appointment and 
remuneration of auditors 
(Resolution 7)
Resolution 7 proposes the re-
appointment of Grant Thornton UK 
LLP as auditors of the Company and 
authorises the Directors to set the 
auditors’ remuneration.

Directors’ Remuneration 
Report (Resolution 8)
This Resolution seeks shareholder 
approval for the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report (excluding the 
remuneration policy). The Directors’ 
Remuneration Report can be found 
on pages 50 to 53 (inclusive) of 
the Annual Report and Financial 
Statements. 

In accordance with regulations which 
came into force on 1 October 2013, 
Resolution 8 offers shareholders an 
advisory vote on the implementation 
of the Company’s existing 
remuneration policy. 

Authority to allot shares 
(Resolution 9)
Under section 551 of the Companies 
Act 2006 (the “CA 2006”), the 
Directors may only allot shares or 
grant rights to subscribe for or convert 
any securities into shares if authorised 
by the shareholders to do so.

Resolution 9, which complies with 
guidance issued by the Investment 
Association, will, if passed, authorise 
the Directors to allot ordinary shares 
or grant rights to subscribe for or 
convert any securities into ordinary 
shares, up to an aggregate nominal 
value of £293,060 (corresponding to 
approximately one-third of the issued 
share capital at 9 April 2020 and up 
to an additional aggregate nominal 
value of £586,120 (corresponding to 
approximately two-thirds of the issued 
share capital at 9 April 2020) in the 
case of allotments only in connection 
with a fully pre-emptive rights 
issue. The Directors have no present 
intention to exercise the authority 
sought under this Resolution. However, 
the Directors may consider doing so 
if they believe it would be appropriate 
in respect of business opportunities 
that may arise consistent with the 
Company’s strategic objectives. 

This authority will expire no later 
than 15 months after the passing 
of the Resolution. It is the Board's 
current intention to seek renewal of 
such authority at each future Annual 
General Meeting of the Company.

As at 9 April 2020, the Company does 
not hold any shares in the Company in 
treasury.

Disapplication of 
pre-emption rights 
(Resolutions 10 and 11)
Under section 561(1) of the CA 2006, 
if the Directors wish to allot equity 
securities (as defined in section 560 
of the CA 2006) they must in the 
first instance offer them to existing 

shareholders in proportion to their 
holdings. In addition, there may be 
occasions, when the Directors will 
need the flexibility to finance business 
opportunities by the issue of shares 
without a pre-emptive offer to 
existing shareholders. This cannot be 
done under the CA 2006 unless the 
shareholders have first waived their 
pre-emption rights.

In accordance with institutional 
guidelines, under Resolution 10, to 
be proposed as a special resolution, 
authority is sought to allot shares:

i. 

ii. 

in relation to a pre-emptive rights 
issue only, up to an aggregate 
nominal amount of £586,120 (being 
the nominal value of approximately 
two thirds of the issued share 
capital of the Company); and

in any other case, up to an 
aggregate nominal amount of 
£43,959 (representing 5% of 
the issued share capital of the 
Company).

The Directors do not currently have an 
intention to exercise the authority.

In addition, Resolution 11, which is also 
to be proposed as a special resolution, 
asks the shareholders to waive their 
pre-emption rights in relation to the 
allotment of equity securities or sale 
of treasury shares up to a further 
aggregate nominal amount of £43,959 
(representing 5% of the issued share 
capital of the Company), with such 
authority to be used only for the 
purpose of financing (or refinancing, 
if the authority is to be used in the six 
months after the original transaction) 
a transaction which the Directors of 
the Company determine to be an 
acquisition or other capital investment 
of a kind contemplated by the 
Pre-emption Group’s Statement of 
Principles on Disapplying Pre-Emption 
Rights.

The Directors will also have regard 
to the guidance in the Statement 
of Principles concerning cumulative 
usage of authorities within a three-
year period. Accordingly, the Board 
confirms that it does not intend to 
issue shares for cash representing 
more than 7.5 per cent. of the 
Company’s issued ordinary share 
capital in any rolling three-year period 

62

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

63

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   62

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:12:36

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_strategic-governance.indd   63

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:05 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:12:36

↘

Prase – Italy
Customer showroom and 
demonstration facilities

Our
Financials

66 

 Independent Auditor’s Report to  
the Members of Midwich Group plc

72 

 Consolidated Financial Statements

77 

 Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements

123   Company Financial Statements

125   Notes to the Company  
Financial Statements

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   64

08/04/2020   14:18:04

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   65

08/04/2020   14:18:05

Independent Auditor’s Report 
to the Members of Midwich Group plc 

Our opinion on the financial statements is unmodified
We have audited the financial statements of Midwich Group plc (the ‘Parent Company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) 
for the year ended 31 December 2019, which comprise the Consolidated Income Statement, Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income, Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity, 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, Company statement of Financial Position, Company Statement of Changes in 
Equity and notes to the financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies. The financial reporting 
framework that has been applied in the preparation of the group financial statements is applicable law and International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union. The financial reporting framework that has been 
applied in the preparation of the parent company financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards, including Financial Reporting Standard 101 ‘Reduced Disclosures Framework’ (United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice). 

In our opinion:

• 

• 

• 

the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 31 
December 2019 and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European 
Union;

the Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice; and

• 

the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the ‘Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements’ section of our report. We are independent of the Group and the Parent Company in accordance with the ethical 
requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as 
applied to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We 
believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

The impact of uncertainties arising from the UK exiting the European Union 
on our audit
Our audit of the financial statements requires us to obtain an understanding of all relevant uncertainties, including those 
arising as a consequence of the effects of Brexit. All audits assess and challenge the reasonableness of estimates made by 
the directors and the related disclosures and the appropriateness of the going concern basis of preparation of the financial 
statements. All of these depend on assessments of the future economic environment and the group’s future prospects and 
performance.

Brexit is one of the most significant economic events for the UK, and at the date of this report its effects are subject to 
unprecedented levels of uncertainty, with the full range of possible outcomes and their impacts unknown. We applied 
a standardised firm-wide approach in response to these uncertainties when assessing the group’s future prospects and 
performance. However, no audit should be expected to predict the unknowable factors or all possible future implications for 
a group associated with a course of action such as Brexit.

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Conclusions relating to going concern
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the ISAs (UK) require us to report to you 
where:

• 

• 

the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is not 
appropriate; or

the directors have not disclosed in the financial statements any identified material uncertainties that may cast 
significant doubt about the Group’s or the Parent Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting for a period of at least twelve months from the date when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In our evaluation of the directors’ conclusions, we considered the risks associated with the Group’s business model, 
including effects arising from Brexit, and analysed how those risks might affect the Group’s financial resources or ability to 
continue operations over the period of at least twelve months from the date when the financial statements are authorised 
for issue. In accordance with the above, we have nothing to report in these respects. 

However, as we cannot predict all future events or conditions and as subsequent events may result in outcomes that are 
inconsistent with judgements that were reasonable at the time they were made, the absence of reference to a material 
uncertainty in this auditor’s report is not a guarantee that the company will continue in operation.

Overview of our audit approach
•  Overall Group materiality: £1m, which represents 5% of the Group’s profit before taxation at 

the planning stage of the audit.

•  We performed full scope audit procedures for the Parent Company Midwich Group plc, 
Midwich Limited, Invision UK Ltd, Kern Und Stelly Medientechnik GmbH; targeted audit 
procedures were performed for Prase Engineering S.p.A., Holdan Limited, Square One 
Distribution Limited, Sidev SAS, Midwich Australia Pty Limited, Earpro S.A., Gerbroeders van 
Domburg B.V group and Sound Technology Limited; analytical procedures were performed 
for all other components. 

•  Key audit matters were identified as 

 − the risk of improper recognition of revenue due to fraud; and

 − the risk of intangible assets being incorrectly accounted for on acquisition of group 

companies.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the 
financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. These matters included those that had the greatest effect on the overall 
audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters 
were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and 
we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

66

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

67

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   66

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:06

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   67

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:06

Independent Auditor’s Report 
to the Members of Midwich Group plc continued

Key Audit Matter – Group 

How the matter was addressed in the audit – Group 

The risk of improper recognition of revenue due 
to fraud
Under International Standard on Auditing (UK) 240 ‘The 
Auditor’s Responsibilities Relating to Fraud in an Audit 
of Financial Statements’, there is a rebuttable presumed 
risk that revenue may be misstated due to the improper 
recognition of revenue due to fraud.

The Group has reported revenues of £686m (2018: 
£574m) arising from the sale of goods and ancillary 
services and equipment rentals. The Group has other 
operational income of £3m (2018: £3m) which relates  
to promotional activities. The nature of the Group’s 
revenue involves the processing of numerous  
transactions with each stream possessing different 
revenue recognition criteria.

The Group’s revenue is material to the financial 
statements. We therefore identified the risk of improper 
recognition of revenue due to fraud as a significant risk, 
which was one of the most significant assessed risks of 
material misstatement. 

The risk of intangible assets being incorrectly 
accounted for on acquisition of Group companies 
In accordance with IFRS 3, following the acquisitions of 
Prase Engineering S.p.A, MobilePro AG, Entertainment 
Equipment Supplies S.L. and AV Partner AS, separate 
intangible assets are required to be identified and valued.

Management are required to fair value separately 
identifiable assets and liabilities on acquisition. This 
involves identifying and valuing intangible assets distinct 
from goodwill. The Group engages with third parties 
to assist in the performance of these assessments for 
material acquisitions to ensure they are free from bias.

Due to the high level of judgement and assumptions 
necessary to perform valuations of separately identifiable 
intangible assets arising on acquisitions, and due to 
the materiality of the assets recognised by the Group, 
we have identified the risk of intangible assets being 
incorrectly accounted for on acquisition of Group 
companies as a significant risk, which was one of the  
most significant assessed risks of material misstatement.

Our audit work included, but was not restricted to: 

•  Reading the revenue recognition policies to ensure they 

are consistent with the prior year and in accordance with 
IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’; 

•  Testing the design and operating effectiveness of relevant 

controls in the sales order process;

•  Performing substantive testing on a sample of revenue 

transactions, with a higher focus on sales in the final two 
months of the year, by tracing to proof of delivery to verify 
the occurrence of the sale; 

•  Ensured that sufficient and appropriate corroborating 

audit evidence was obtained to support the occurrence  
of revenues across the Group’s significant revenue streams.

The Group’s accounting policy on revenue recognition is 
shown under Accounting Policies within the notes to the 
financial statements and related disclosures are included  
in notes 1,2 and 3. 

Key observations
Based on our audit work, we did not identify any material 
misstatement of revenue or any instances where revenue was 
not recognised in accordance with the stated accounting 
policies.

Our audit work included, but was not restricted to: 

•  Assessing the valuation models prepared by 

management’s experts in respect of each acquisition, 
including the basis and methodology adopted for 
identifying and valuing separate intangible assets distinct 
from goodwill;

•  Using our own experts to critique the valuation models 
prepared by management’s expert for each acquisition;

•  Agreeing significant inputs used in the models to 

underlying purchase agreements and other supporting 
documentation;

•  Critically assessing and challenging the key judgements 
and assumptions, such as revenue growth rates and 
discount rates, used by management in the valuation 
models and comparing to historic performance data; and

•  Agreeing the fair value of identified intangible assets from 
the valuation models prepared by management’s experts 
to the amounts recorded in the financial statements.

The Group’s accounting policy on intangible assets is shown  
in note 1 to the financial statements and related disclosures 
are included in note 11.

Key observations
Our audit work did not identify any material misstatements in 
the accounting for intangible assets.

There are no separate key audit matters identified in the parent company.

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Our application of materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the 
economic decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality in 
determining the nature, timing and extent of our audit work and in evaluating the results of that work. 

Materiality was determined as follows:

Materiality measure

Group 

Parent

Financial statements as 
a whole

Performance materiality 
used to drive the extent 
of our testing

Specific materiality

We determined materiality for the audit of 
the financial statements as a whole to be £1m 
which was 5% of the Group’s profit before 
taxation (PBT) at the planning stage of the 
audit. We determined that no revision to 
materiality was required in light of final PBT 
being higher. This benchmark is considered 
the most appropriate because earnings 
before taxation is a primary measure of 
profitability used by directors.

Materiality for the current year is the same 
as the level that we determined for the year 
ended 31 December 2018.

We determined materiality for the audit of 
the financial statements as a whole to be 
£0.329m which was 1% of total assets at the 
planning stage of the audit. We determined 
that no revision to materiality was required in 
light of the final total assets being higher. This 
benchmark is considered the most appropriate 
because the Parent Company is a non-trading 
holding company.

Materiality for the current year is lower than 
for the year ended 31 December 2018, due to a 
reduction in total assets.

75% of financial statement materiality.

75% of financial statement materiality.

We determined a lower level of specific 
materiality of £0.01m for directors’ 
remuneration and related party transactions.

We determined a lower level of specific 
materiality of £0.01m for directors’ 
remuneration and related party transactions.

Communication of 
misstatements to the 
audit committee

£0.055m was the threshold used for reporting 
misstatements, and any items below that 
threshold that, in our view, warrant reporting 
on qualitative grounds.

£0.0165m was the threshold used for reporting 
misstatements, and any items below that 
threshold that, in our view, warrant reporting 
on qualitative grounds.

The graph below illustrates how performance materiality interacts with our overall materiality and the tolerance for 
potential uncorrected misstatements.

Overall materiality – Group

Overall materiality – Parent

25%

25%

75%

75%

■ Tolerance for potential uncorrected mid-statements
■ Performance materiality

68

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

69

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   68

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:06

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   69

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:06

 
 
Independent Auditor’s Report 
to the Members of Midwich Group plc continued

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

An overview of the scope of our audit
Our audit approach was a risk-based approach founded on a thorough understanding of the Group’s business, its 
environment and risk profile and in particular included:

Matters on which we are required to report under the Companies Act 2006
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the Parent Company and its environment obtained in the 
course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report. 

•  evaluation by the Group audit team of identified components to assess the significance of that component and to 

determine the planned audit response based on a measure of materiality. Significance was determined as a percentage 
of the Group’s total assets, revenues and profit before taxation.

•  performance of full scope audits of the financial information of the Parent Company Midwich Group plc, Midwich 

Limited, Invision UK Limited, and Kern & Stelly Medientechnik GmbH. 

• 

targeted audit procedures were performed for Prase Engineering S.p.A., Holdan Limited, Square One Distribution 
Limited, Sidev SAS, Midwich Australia Pty Limited, Earpro S.S., Gerbroeders van Domburg B.V group and Sound 
Technology Limited; analytical procedures were performed for all other components to support the Group audit 
opinion.

•  component auditors were used to complete audit procedures for the following subsidiaries: Kern Und Stelly 

Medientechnik GmbH, Prase Engineering S.p.A., Holdan Limited, Square One Distribution Limited, Sidev SAS, Midwich 
Australia Pty Limited, Earpro S.A., Gebroeders van Domburg B.V. and Sound Technology Limited. The Group audit team 
instructed the component auditors as to the procedures to be completed over the risk areas for Group purposes within 
each component. The Group audit team reviewed the audit working papers for these significant areas.

• 

• 

testing performed over 89% of total Group revenues, either through full scope or targeted audit procedures.

testing performed over 92% of total Group assets, either through full scope or targeted audit procedures.

•  we took a controls-based approach on revenue and purchases for the full scope audits.

Other information
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the 
annual report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on the financial statements 
does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express 
any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained 
in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent 
material misstatements, we are required to determine whether there is a material misstatement in the financial statements 
or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a 
material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Our opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 
is unmodified
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

• 

the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial 
statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

• 

the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to 
report to you if, in our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not 

been received from branches not visited by us; or

• 

the Parent Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit. 

Responsibilities of directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement set out on page 60, the directors are responsible for 
the preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal 
control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going 
concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable 
assurance is a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will 
always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered 
material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users 
taken on the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting 
Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies 
Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are 
required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not 
accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members as a body, for our audit 
work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Sergio Cardoso
Senior Statutory Auditor
for and on behalf of Grant Thornton UK LLP, 
Statutory Auditor, Chartered Accountants
London
9 March 2020

70

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

71

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   70

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:06

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   71

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:06

Consolidated income statement
for the year ended 31 December 2019

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 December 2019

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Profit for the financial year
Other comprehensive income
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Actuarial gains and (losses) on retirement benefit obligations
Items that will be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Net gain on net investment hedge
Foreign exchange gains and (losses) on consolidation

Other comprehensive income for the financial year, net of tax
Total comprehensive income for the year
Attributable to:
Owners of the Parent Company
Non-controlling interests

The financial statements are also comprised of the notes on pages 77 to 122.

1 Comparative information is restated for the adoption of IFRS 16 (note 38). 

2019
£’000

18,200

2018
(Restated)1
£’000

15,257

(386)

–

194
(3,115)
(3,307)
14,893

14,171
722
14,893

–
162
162
15,419

14,870
549
15,419

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit

Distribution costs
Total administrative expenses
Other operating income

Operating profit

Comprising
Adjusted operating profit
Costs of acquisitions
Share based payments
Employer taxes on share based payments
Amortisation and impairments of brands, customer and supplier relationships

Finance income
Finance costs

Profit before taxation
Taxation

Profit after taxation

Profit for the financial year attributable to:
The Company’s equity shareholders
Non-controlling interest

Basic earnings per share 

Diluted earnings per share 

2019
£’000

686,240
(573,133)
113,107

(68,624)
(23,132)
3,583
24,934

33,462
(356)
(2,874)
(427)
(4,871)
24,934
66
(1,219)
23,781
(5,581)
18,200

2018
(Restated)1
£’000

573,682
(479,120)
94,562

(56,329)
(16,317)
3,025
24,941

30,267
(365)
(1,120)
(221)
(3,620)
24,941
81
(3,991)
21,031
(5,774)
15,257

17,182
1,018
18,200

14,696
561
15,257

21.67p

18.50p

21.31p

18.33p

Notes

3

4
5

6
32

13

8

9

10

10

The financial statements are also comprised of the notes on pages 77 to 122.

1  Comparative information is restated for the adoption of IFRS 16 (note 38) and reclassification of the amortisation for patents and software within the 
adjusted profit alternative performance measures. 

72

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

73

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   72

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:06

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   73

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:07

Consolidated statement of financial position
as at 31 December 2019

Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December 2019

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Assets
Non-current assets
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Right of use assets
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred tax assets

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Derivative financial instruments
Cash and cash equivalents

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables 
Derivative financial instruments
Put option liabilities over non-controlling interests
Deferred and contingent considerations
Borrowings and financial liabilities
Current tax

Net current assets
Total assets less current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Put option liabilities over non-controlling interests
Deferred and contingent considerations
Borrowings and financial liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Other provisions

Net assets
Equity
Share capital
Share premium
Share based payment reserve
Investment in own shares
Retained earnings
Translation reserve
Hedging reserve
Put option reserve
Capital redemption reserve
Other reserve
Equity attributable to owners of the Parent Company
Non-controlling interests
Total equity

2019
£’000

2018
(Restated)1
£’000

Notes

12
13
14
15
9

16
17
21
18

19
21
22
23
24

19
22
23
24
9
20

31

13,326
31,974
15,949
12,086
2,169
75,504

88,691
104,100
–
13,015
205,806

(106,342)
(132)
(3,490)
(4,133)
(46,529)
(2,331)
(162,957)
42,849
118,353

(665)
(3,799)
(2,796)
(36,466)
(6,850)
(2,484)
(53,060)
65,293

799
28,225
3,998
(5)
31,867
(954)
194
(6,329)
50
150
57,995
7,298
65,293

11,568
24,766
10,141
7,028
1,421
54,924

74,379
83,139
25
16,685
174,228

(97,729)
–
(1,746)
(4,005)
(36,838)
(2,892)
(143,210)
31,018
85,942

(736)
(4,654)
(757)
(16,108)
(5,512)
(56)
(27,823)
58,119

794
25,855
1,837
(5)
27,535
1,865
–
(4,532)
50
150
53,549
4,570
58,119

The financial statements are also comprised of the notes on pages 77 to 122. The financial statements were approved by 
the Board of directors and authorised for issue on 9 March 2020 and were signed on its behalf by: 

Mr S B Fenby

Director  
Company registration number: 08793266

1 Comparative information is restated for the adoption of IFRS 16 (note 38). 

Share 
capital
£’000
(note 31)

Share 
premium
£’000

Investment 
in own 
shares
£’000

Retained 
earnings
£’000

Other 
reserves
£’000
(Note 32)

Equity 
attributable 
to owners 
of the 
Parent
£’000

Non-
controlling 
interests
£’000

Total
£’000

794
–

25,855
–

–

–
2
–

–
–

–

3
–

–

–
–
–

–
497

–

1,873
–

(5)
–

–

–
(2)
–

–
2

–

–
–

27,535
17,182

(630)
–

53,549
17,182

4,570
1,018

58,119
18,200

(386)

(2,625)

(3,011)

(296)

(3,307)

16,796
–
–

(2,625)
–
2,874

14,171
–
2,874

–
86

(128)
(585)

(128)
–

722
–
–

–
–

14,893
–
2,874

(128)
–

–

(2,886)

(2,886)

2,884

(2)

(245)
(12,305)

1,089
–

2,720
(12,305)

(843)
(35)

1,877
(12,340)

799

28,225

(5)

31,867

(2,891)

57,995

7,298

65,293

Balance at  
1 January 2019
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive 
income

Total comprehensive 
income for the year
Shares issued (note 31)
Share based payments
Deferred tax on share 
based payments
Share options exercised
Acquisition of subsidiary 
(note 35)
Acquisition of non-
controlling interest  
(note 34)
Dividends paid

Balance at  
31 December 2019

for the year ended 31 December 2018 (Restated)1

Share 
capital
£’000
(note 31)

Share 
premium
£’000

Investment 
in own 
shares
£’000

Retained 
earnings
£’000

Other 
reserves
£’000
(Note 32)

Equity 
attributable 
to owners of 
the Parent
£’000

Non-
controlling 
interests
£’000

Total
£’000

794

25,855

–
794
–

–
25,855
–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

–
–

(5)

–
(5)
–

–

–
–

–

–
–

24,331

(996)

49,979

3,113

53,092

(203)
24,128
14,696

–

14,696
–

–
(996)
–

174

174
1,120

(203)
49,776
14,696

–
3,113
561

(203)
52,889
15,257

174

(12)

162

14,870
1,120

549
–

15,419
1,120

–

(34)

(34)

–

(34)

–
(11,289)

(894)
–

(894)
(11,289)

908
–

14
(11,289)

794

25,855

(5)

27,535

(630)

53,549

4,570

58,119

Balance at 1 January 
2018 previously reported
Change of accounting 
policies (note 38)
Restated 1 January 2018
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive 
income

Total comprehensive 
income for the year
Share based payments
Deferred tax on share 
based payments
Acquisition of subsidiary 
(note 35)
Dividends paid

Balance at  
31 December 2018

The financial statements are also comprised of the notes on pages 77 to 122.

1 Comparative information is restated for the adoption of IFRS 16 (note 38). 

74

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

75

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   74

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:07

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   75

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:07

Consolidated statement of cash flows
for the year ended 31 December 2019

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Cash flows from operating activities
Profit before tax
Depreciation
Amortisation
Loss/(gain) on disposal of assets
Share based payments
Foreign exchange losses
Finance income
Finance costs
Profit from operations before changes in working capital
Increase in inventories
Increase in trade and other receivables
Increase in trade and other payables 

Cash inflow from operations
Income tax paid

Net cash inflow from operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of businesses net of cash acquired
Deferred consideration paid
Purchase of intangible assets
Purchase of plant and equipment
Proceeds on disposal of plant and equipment
Interest received

Net cash used in investing activities
Net cash flows from financing activities
Dividends paid
Invoice financing (outflows)/inflows
Proceeds from borrowings
Repayment of loans
Interest paid
Interest on leases
Capital element of lease payments

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of financial year
Effects of exchange rate changes

Cash and cash equivalents at end of financial year
Comprising:
Cash at bank
Bank overdrafts

2019
£’000

23,781
5,425
5,023
50
2,874
(583)
(66)
1,219
37,723
(5,110)
(7,686)
1,293
26,220
(8,844)
17,376

(10,091)
(5,517)
(1,977)
(5,793)
417
66
(22,895)

(12,340)
6,785
13,099
(1,053)
(1,679)
(379)
(2,627)
1,806
(3,713)
16,357
(1,147)
11,497

13,015
(1,518)
11,497

2018
(Restated)1
£’000

21,031
4,176
3,792
27
1,120
4
(81)
3,991
34,060
(9,468)
(3,221)
10,246
31,617
(7,377)
24,240

(3,131)
(5,507)
(778)
(2,360)
382
81
(11,313)

(11,289)
(8,704)
8,647
(2,107)
(1,362)
(268)
(1,725)
(16,808)
(3,881)
20,010
228
16,357

16,685
(328)
16,357

1. Accounting policies
General information and nature of operations
The principal activity of Midwich Group plc, a public limited liability company, and its subsidiary companies is the 
distribution of Audio Visual Solutions to trade customers. It is registered in England and Wales. Midwich Group plc’s shares 
are listed on the London Stock Exchange’s Alternative Investment Market (AIM).

Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements of Midwich Group plc (“the Group”) have been prepared in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”), as adopted by the EU, IFRIC interpretations and with those parts of 
the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS.

IFRS is subject to amendment and interpretation by the IASB and the IFRS Interpretations Committee, and there is an 
ongoing process of review and endorsement by the European Commission. These accounting policies comply with each 
IFRS that is mandatory for accounting periods ending on 31 December 2019. 

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention as modified for financial instruments at 
fair value and in accordance with applicable accounting standards.

The directors have adopted the going concern basis in preparing the financial information. In assessing whether the going 
concern assumption is appropriate, the directors have taken into account all relevant available information about the 
foreseeable future. 

Basis of consolidation
The Consolidated Financial Statements incorporate the results of Midwich Group plc (“the Company”) and entities 
controlled by the Company (its subsidiaries). A subsidiary is a Company controlled directly by the Group. Control is 
achieved where the Group has the power over the investee, rights to variable returns and the ability to use the power to 
affect the investee’s returns. Income and expenses of subsidiaries acquired during the year are included in the consolidated 
income statement from the effective date of control. When necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of 
subsidiaries to bring their accounting policies into line with those used by the Parent Company. 

The Group applies the acquisition method of accounting to account for business combinations. The consideration 
transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair value of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred, and the equity 
interests issued by the Group. Identifiable assets acquired, and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business 
combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. The Group recognises identifiable assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination regardless of whether they have been previously recognised 
in the acquiree’s financial statements prior to the acquisition. Goodwill is stated after separate recognition of identifiable 
intangible assets. It is calculated as the excess of the sum of a) fair value of consideration transferred, b) the recognised 
amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and c) acquisition-date fair value of any existing equity interest in 
the acquiree, over the acquisition-date fair values of identifiable net assets. If the fair values of identifiable net assets exceed 
the sum calculated above, the excess amount (i.e. gain on a bargain purchase) is recognised in profit or loss immediately.

Non-controlling interests in the net assets of consolidated subsidiaries are identified separately within the Group’s equity. 
Non-controlling interests consist of the amount of those interests at the date of the original business combination and the 
non-controlling shareholders’ share of changes in equity since the date of the combination. Non-controlling interests are 
measured initially at fair value. 

Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred and all intra-group transactions, balances, income and expenses are 
eliminated in full on consolidation. 

Acquisition of interests from non-controlling shareholders
Acquisitions of non-controlling interests in subsidiaries are accounted for as transactions between shareholders. There is no 
re-measurement to fair value of net assets acquired that were previously attributable to non-controlling shareholders.

The financial statements are also comprised of the notes on pages 77 to 122.

1  Comparative information is restated for the adoption of IFRS 16 (note 38) and to restate the cash flows for the acquisition of businesses to exclude 
debt acquired of £3,593k, which has been reclassified to proceeds from borrowings. 

76

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

77

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   76

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:07

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   77

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:07

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Continued
Continued

1. Accounting policies continued
Going concern
The Board takes all reasonable steps to review and consider any factors that may affect the ability of the Group to continue 
as a going concern. The Group’s forecasts and projections, taking account of reasonably possible changes in trading 
performance, show that the Group is able to generate sufficient liquidity to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. During 2019, the Group renewed the revolving credit facility (RCF) to support the acquisitive growth 
strategy. At the end of 2019, the directors considered the working capital of the business to be adequate for its needs, and 
the Group therefore continues to adopt the going concern basis in preparing consolidated financial statements. In February 
2020, the Group issued 7,944,800 shares to repay debt facilities drawn down to fund acquisitions and provide additional 
resources to fund further acquisitions that the Group is pursuing in the short term.

Revenue 
The majority of revenue arises from the sale of goods, rental of products and ancillary services including the provision of 
support services, transport, warranties, and repairs.

To determine whether to recognise revenue, the Group follows a five-step process:

• 

• 

Identifying the contract with a customer;

Identifying the performance obligations; 

•  Determining the transaction price; 

•  Allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations; and

•  Recognising revenue when/as performance obligation(s) is/are satisfied.

The Group often enters into transactions involving a range of the Group’s products and services, for example, for the supply 
of goods and provision of services. In all cases, the total transaction price for a contract is allocated amongst the various 
performance obligations based on their relative stand-alone selling prices. The transaction price for a contract excludes any 
amounts collected on behalf of third parties.

Revenue is recognised either at a point in time or over time, when (or as) the Group satisfies performance obligations by 
transferring the promised goods or services to its customers. The Group recognises contract liabilities for consideration 
received in respect of unsatisfied performance obligations and reports these amounts as other liabilities in the statement of 
financial position. Similarly, if the Group satisfies a performance obligation before it receives the consideration, the Group 
recognises either a contract asset or a receivable in its statement of financial position, depending on whether something 
other than the passage of time is required before the consideration is due.

The sale of goods for a fixed fee is recognised when or as the Group transfers control of the assets to the customer. 
Invoices for goods or services transferred are due upon receipt by the customer. For stand-alone sales of goods that are 
neither customised by the Group nor subject to significant integration services, control transfers at the point in time the 
goods are despatched. When such items are either customised or sold together with significant integration services, the 
goods and services represent a single combined performance obligation over which control is considered to transfer 
over time. This is because the combined product is unique to each customer (has no alternative use) and the Group 
has an enforceable right to payment for the work completed to date. Revenue for these performance obligations is 
recognised over time as the customisation or integration work is performed, using the cost-to-cost method to estimate 
progress towards completion. As costs are generally incurred uniformly as the work progresses and are considered to be 
proportionate to the entity’s performance, the cost-to-cost method provides a faithful depiction of the transfer of goods 
and services to the customer.

Supplier income and vendor rebates
Promotional income is recognised on completion of the promotional activity in line with when it is contractually earned and 
recorded separately in other operating income. Vendor rebates are recognised on completion of the contractual obligation 
and recorded within cost of sales.

Finance income and costs
Interest income and expense is recognised using the effective interest method which calculates the amortised cost of a 
financial asset or liability and allocates the interest income or expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is 
the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts or payments through the expected life of the financial asset 
or liability to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or liability. Other finance costs include the changes in fair value 
of derivatives and other financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss.

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Goodwill
Goodwill represents the future economic benefits arising from business combinations which are not individually identified 
and separately recognised. Goodwill is carried at cost as established at the date of acquisition of the business less any 
accumulated impairment losses. 

Intangible assets other than goodwill
Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at cost. The cost of intangible assets acquired in 
a business combination is their fair value as at the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are 
carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. The useful lives of other intangible 
assets are assessed as finite. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortised over the useful economic life and assessed 
for impairment whenever there is an indication that the intangible asset may be impaired. The amortisation period and 
the amortisation method for an intangible asset with a finite useful life are reviewed at least at the end of each reporting 
period. Changes in the expected useful life or the expected pattern of consumption of future economic benefits embodied 
in the asset are accounted for by changing the amortisation period or method, as appropriate, and are treated as changes 
in accounting estimates. The amortisation expense on intangible assets with finite lives is recognised in profit or loss in 
administrative expenses. 

Gains or losses arising from derecognition of an intangible asset are measured as the difference between the net disposal 
proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and are recognised in profit or loss when the asset is derecognised.

Amortisation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimate useful life of the asset as follows:

•  Patents and licences
•  Software
•  Brands
•  Customer relationships
•  Supplier relationships 

3–10 years
3–10 years
5–15 years
5–15 years
5–15 years

Right of use assets
Right of use assets are recognised at the commencement date of the lease when the asset is available for use. Right of 
use assets are initially measured at cost including initial direct costs incurred and the initial value of the lease liability. Right 
of use assets are subsequently measured at cost less any accumulated depreciation, impairment losses, and adjustments 
arising from lease modifications that are not a termination of the lease. 

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis on all right of use assets as follows:

•  Freehold buildings
•  Plant and equipment

Over the period of the lease up to a maximum of 50 years
Over the period of the lease up to a maximum of 10 years

Modifications to leases that decrease the scope of the lease are treated as a partial or full termination of a lease. A gain or 
loss on disposal is recognised when there is termination of a lease. 

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less any depreciation and impairment losses. Cost includes 
expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition or construction of these items. Subsequent costs are included in 
the asset’s carrying amount only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the 
Group and the costs can be measured reliably. All other costs, including repairs and maintenance costs, are charged to the 
income statement in the period in which they are incurred. 

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis on property, plant and equipment as follows:

•  Land
•  Freehold buildings
•  Leasehold improvements
•  Rental assets
•  Plant and equipment

Not depreciated
50 years
Over the period of the lease up to a maximum of 50 years
3–10 years
3–10 years

78

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

79

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   78

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:08

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   79

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:08

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Continued

1. Accounting policies continued
Depreciation is provided on cost less residual value. The residual value, depreciation methods and useful lives are 
annually reassessed. Each asset’s estimated useful life has been assessed with regard to its own physical life limitations 
and to possible future variations in those assessments. Estimates of remaining useful lives are made on a regular basis 
for all machinery and equipment, with annual reassessments for major items. Changes in estimates are accounted for 
prospectively. The gain or loss arising on disposal or scrapping of an asset is determined as the difference between the 
sales proceeds, net of selling costs, and the carrying amount of the asset and is recognised in the income statement.

Impairment of non-financial assets including goodwill
For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units that is expected 
to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Each unit to which goodwill is allocated represents the lowest level within 
the Group that independent cash flows are monitored. A cash-generating unit to which goodwill has been allocated is 
tested for impairment annually, or more frequently when there is indication that the unit may be impaired.

At each balance sheet date, the directors review the carrying amounts of the Group’s non-current assets, other than 
goodwill, to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such 
indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of any impairment 
loss. Where the asset does not generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, the directors estimate the 
recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value 
less costs of disposal and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their 
present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the 
risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted. If the recoverable amount 
of an asset or cash-generating unit is estimated to be less than the carrying amount then the carrying amount of the asset 
or cash-generating unit is reduced to the recoverable amount. The impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying 
amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit and then to the other assets of the unit pro rata based on the carrying amount 
of each asset in the unit. An impairment loss is recognised as an expense immediately. An impairment loss recognised 
for goodwill is not reversed in subsequent periods. Where an impairment loss on other non-financial assets subsequently 
reverses, the carrying amount of the asset or cash-generating unit is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable 
amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined 
had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset or cash-generating unit in prior periods. A reversal of an impairment 
loss is recognised in the income statement immediately. 

Inventory
Inventory is valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value, after making due allowance for obsolete and slow-moving 
items. Cost comprises purchase price and directly attributable costs incurred in bringing products to their present location 
and condition. Some goods are held on behalf of customers and are not included within the Group’s inventory. 

Financial instruments
Financial instruments are comprised of financial assets and financial liabilities, which are recognised when the Group 
becomes party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial assets are derecognised when the contractual 
rights to the cash flows from the financial assets expire or substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the 
financial asset are transferred. Financial liabilities are derecognised when extinguished.

Financial assets
Financial assets include trade and other receivables, cash and cash equivalents, and derivative financial instruments with a 
positive market value.

The Group classifies financial assets into three categories:

• 

• 

• 

financial assets measured at amortised cost;

financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income; and

financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss.

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

The classification of a financial asset depends on the Group’s business model for managing the asset and the contractual 
cash flow characteristics associated with the asset. Financial assets with embedded derivatives are recognised as 
hybrid contracts. Hybrid contracts are classified in their entirety and not in separate components. Investments in equity 
instruments that are not held for trading are classified as financial assets measured at fair value through profit and loss 
unless the Group makes an irrevocable election on initial recognition to classify the asset as measured at fair value through 
other comprehensive income. Trade receivables that do not contain a significant financing component are initially measured 
at transaction price. All other financial assets classified as either financial assets measured at amortised cost, or financial 
assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income are initially measured at fair value plus transaction costs 
directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Financial assets measured at fair value through profit and loss 
are initially measured at fair value and any transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset 
are recognised in the profit and loss. Financial assets measured at amortised cost are subsequently measured using the 
effective interest method. The effects of discounting within the effective interest method are omitted if immaterial. Where 
the contractual cash flows of the financial asset are renegotiated or otherwise modified the financial asset is recalculated at 
the present value of the modified contractual cash flows discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. 
Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income and financial assets measured at fair value 
through profit and loss are subsequently measured at fair value. Expected credit loss impairments are recognised in respect 
of financial assets measured at amortised cost and financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive 
income immediately on initial recognition of the respective financial asset. Expected credit losses are measured using an 
expected credit loss model. The expected credit loss model reflects a probability weighted amount derived from a range of 
possible outcomes that are discounted for the time value of money and based on reasonable and supportable information. 
Where trade receivables contain a significant financing component the Group applies the simplified approach to measure 
the loss allowance at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses.

Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities include trade and other payables; put option liabilities; deferred consideration; bank loans, overdrafts and 
invoice discounting facilities; and derivative financial instruments with a negative market value.

The Group classifies financial liabilities into six categories:

• 

• 

• 

financial liabilities measured at amortised cost;

financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss;

financial liabilities that arise when a transfer of a financial asset does not qualify for derecognition or when the 
continuing involvement approach applies;

• 

financial guarantee contracts;

•  commitments to provide loans at below market interest rates; and 

•  contingent consideration recognised in a business combination.

Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss are initially measured at fair value and any transaction 
costs directly attributable to the issue of the financial liability are recognised in the profit and loss. Financial liabilities that 
arise when a transfer of a financial asset does not qualify for derecognition or when the continuing involvement approach 
applies are initially measured at the amount of the consideration received in respect of the financial asset. All other financial 
liabilities are initially measured at fair value minus transaction costs directly attributable to the issue of the financial 
liability. Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost are subsequently measured using the effective interest method. 
The effects of discounting within the effective interest method are omitted if immaterial. Where the contractual cash flows 
of the financial liability are renegotiated or otherwise modified the financial liability is recalculated at the present value of 
the modified contractual cash flows discounted at the financial liability’s original effective interest rate. Financial liabilities 
measured at fair value through profit and loss are subsequently measured at fair value. The subsequent measurement of 
financial liabilities that arise when a transfer of a financial asset does not qualify for derecognition or when the continuing 
involvement approach applies depends upon whether the transferred asset is measured at amortised cost or fair value. If 
the transferred asset is measured at amortised cost then associated liability is measured in such a way that the net carrying 
amount of the transferred asset and the associated liability is the amortised cost of the rights and obligations retained 
by the entity. However, if the transferred asset is measured at fair value the associated liability is measured in such a way 
that the net carrying amount of the transferred asset and the associated liability is equal to the fair value of the rights and 
obligations retained by the entity when measured on a stand-alone basis. Financial guarantee contracts are subsequently 
measured at the higher of the amount of the loss allowance calculated in accordance with the expected credit loss model 
and the amount of the initially recognised. Commitments to provide loans at below market interest rates are subsequently 
measured at the higher of the amount of the loss allowance calculated in accordance with the expected credit loss model 
and the amount initially recognised. Contingent consideration recognised in a business combination is subsequently 
measured at fair value.

80

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

81

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   80

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:08

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   81

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:08

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Continued

1. Accounting policies continued
Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are financial assets recognised when the Group becomes party to the contractual provisions 
of the instrument. Trade receivables that do not contain a significant financing component are initially measured at 
transaction price, which is equivalent to fair value. All other trade and other receivables are initially measured at fair 
value plus transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Trade and other receivables are 
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less loss allowances.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand, deposits held at call with banks and other short-term highly liquid 
investments with original maturities of three months or less from inception.

Borrowings
Borrowings include bank loans and overdrafts, loan notes, amounts advanced under invoice factoring arrangements, and 
leases. Bank loans and overdrafts, loan notes, and amounts advanced under invoice factoring arrangements are financial 
liabilities that are recognised when the Group becomes party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Bank loans 
and overdrafts, loan notes, and amounts advanced under invoice factoring arrangements are initially measured at fair value 
minus transaction costs directly attributable to the issue of the financial liability. Bank loans and overdrafts, loan notes, and 
amounts advanced under invoice factoring arrangements are subsequently measured using the effective interest method. 
The effects of discounting within the effective interest method are omitted if immaterial. Where the contractual obligations 
of financial instruments (including share capital) are equivalent to a similar debt instrument, those financial instruments are 
classified as financial liabilities.

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are financial liabilities recognised when the Group becomes party to the contractual provisions of 
the instrument. Trade and other payables are initially measured at fair value minus transaction costs directly attributable to 
the issue of the financial liability. Trade and other payables are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method.

Derivative financial instruments 
Derivative financial instruments are recognised when the Group becomes party to the contractual provisions of the 
instrument. Derivative financial instruments are initially and subsequently measured at fair value. Any transaction costs 
directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset are recognised in the profit and loss. The fair values are 
determined by reference to active markets or using a valuation technique where no active market exists.

Net investment hedges
Hedging instruments including monetary items that are designated as hedges of investments in foreign operations are 
accounted for as net investment hedges. Gains or losses arising on the hedging instruments relating to the effective 
portion of the hedge are recognised in other comprehensive income. Any gains or losses relating to the ineffective portion 
are recognised in the income statement. Accumulated gains or losses recognised in other comprehensive income are 
reclassified to the income statement when the foreign operations are partially or fully disposed.

Put option liabilities
Put options to acquire non-controlling interests of subsidiaries are initially recognised at present value and subsequently 
measured at amortised cost, being the present value of future payments discounted at the original effective interest 
rate. Details of the measurement of put options are given in the accounting judgements and key sources of estimation 
uncertainty accounting policy.

Foreign currency
The presentation currency for the Group’s consolidated financial statements is Sterling. Foreign currency transactions by 
group companies are recorded in their functional currencies at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Monetary 
assets and liabilities are translated at rates in effect at the balance sheet date with any gain or loss on foreign exchange 
adjustments usually being credited or charged to the income statement within administrative expenses. The Parent 
Company’s functional currency is Sterling. On consolidation the assets and liabilities of the subsidiaries with a functional 
currency other than Sterling are translated into the Group’s presentational currency at the exchange rate at the balance 
sheet date and the income and expenditure account items are translated at the average rate for the period. The exchange 
difference arising on the translation from functional currency to presentational currency of subsidiaries is classified as 
other comprehensive income and is accumulated within equity as a translation reserve. The balance of the foreign currency 
translation reserve relating to a subsidiary that is partially or fully disposed of is recognised in the income statement at the 
time of disposal.

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Current taxation
Current tax payable or recoverable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from profit as reported in 
the income statement because some items of income or expense are taxable or deductible in different years or may never 
be taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using UK and foreign tax rates and laws that have 
been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of reporting period date.

Deferred taxation
Deferred taxation is calculated using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets 
and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, if the deferred tax arises from 
the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the 
transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss, it is not accounted for. No deferred tax is recognised on 
initial recognition of goodwill or on investment in subsidiaries. Deferred tax is determined using tax rates and laws that have 
been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred tax 
asset is realised, or the deferred tax liability is settled. Deferred tax liabilities are provided in full and are not discounted. 
Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which 
the temporary differences can be utilised. Changes in deferred tax assets or liabilities are recognised as a component of 
tax expense in the income statement, except where they relate to items that are charged or credited directly to equity in 
which case the related deferred tax is also charged or credited directly to equity. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities 
are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the 
deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same 
taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

Employment benefits
Provision is made in the financial statements for all employee benefits. Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-
monetary benefit and annual leave obliged to be settled within 12 months of the balance sheet date, are recognised in 
accruals. Contributions to defined contribution pension plans are charged to the income statement in the period to which 
the contributions relate. The Group operates defined benefit pension plans in the Netherlands and Switzerland, which 
require contributions to separately managed funds. Both defined benefit pension plans are final salary pension schemes 
which provide members with a guaranteed income on retirement. Defined benefit pension scheme surpluses or deficits 
are calculated by independent qualified actuaries using actuarial assumptions applied to actual pension contributions 
and salaries. The actuarial assumptions include return on assets, inflation, life expectancy, mortality rates and expected 
retirement ages. Actuarial assumptions are updated annually to reflect changes in market conditions and all actuarial gains 
and losses are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Leases
Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured at present value. 

The net present value is comprised of fixed and variable payments discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease 
unless it can’t be readily determined, in which case payments are discounted using the incremental borrowing rate. Variable 
payments are payments that depend on a rate or index and are initially measured using the appropriate rate or index at the 
commencement date of the lease. Where a material variation to the initial measurement of lease payments occurs the lease 
liability is reassessed with a corresponding adjustment to the value of right of use asset.

Lease payments beyond a break clause or within an extension option are included in the measurement of net present 
value provided it is reasonably certain that the lease will be not be terminated before the respective break point or lease 
extension and there is no active plan to do so. 

Finance costs are added to the lease liabilities at amounts that produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the 
remaining balance of the lease liabilities using the interest rates used to calculate the net present value of the leases. Lease 
payments are deducted from the lease liability.

Short-term leases of less than 12 months or leases for low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense 
in the income statement.

82

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

83

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   82

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:08

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   83

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:08

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Continued

1. Accounting policies continued
Equity
Equity comprises the following:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

“Share capital” represents the nominal value of equity shares issued.

“Share premium” represents amounts subscribed for share capital, net of issue costs, in excess of nominal value.

“Investment in own shares” represents amounts of the Parent Company’s own shares held within an Employee Benefit 
Trust.

“Share based payment reserve” represents the accumulated value of share based payments expensed in the income 
statement, along with any accumulated deferred tax credits or charges recognised in other comprehensive income in 
respect of options that have yet to exercise.

“Retained earnings” represents the accumulated profits and losses attributable to equity shareholders.

“Translation reserve” represents the exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of 
subsidiaries into the Group’s presentational currency.

“Put option reserve” represents the initial present value of put options over shares in a subsidiary held by non-
controlling interest shareholders that have not been exercised. 

“Capital redemption reserve” represents the nominal value of shares repurchased by the Parent Company.

“Other reserve” relates to the Employee Benefit Trust.

“Non-controlling interest” represents the share of a subsidiary’s profit or loss and net assets that is not held by the 
Group. The Group attributes total comprehensive income or loss of subsidiaries between the owners of the Parent and 
the non-controlling interests based on their respective ownership interests.

Share based payments
Equity-settled share based payments to employees and directors are measured at the fair value of the equity instrument. 
The fair value of the equity-settled transactions with employees and directors is recognised as an expense over the vesting 
period. The fair values of the equity instruments are determined at the date of grant, taking into account market-based 
vesting conditions. The fair value of goods and services received is measured by reference to the fair value of options. 
The fair values of share options are measured using the Black Scholes model. The expected life used in the models is 
adjusted, based on management’s best estimate of the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural 
considerations. The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised, together with a corresponding increase in equity, 
over the period in which the performance and/or service conditions are fulfilled, ending on the date on which the relevant 
employees (or other beneficiaries) become fully entitled to the award (“the vesting date”). The cumulative expense 
recognised for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until the vesting date reflects the extent to which the 
vesting period has expired and the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. 
The income statement charge or credit for a period represents the movement in cumulative expense recognised as at 
the beginning and end of that period. No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest, except for awards 
where vesting is conditional upon a market condition, which are treated as vesting irrespective of whether or not the 
market condition is satisfied, provided that all other performance and/or service conditions are satisfied. Where the 
terms of an equity-settled award are modified, the minimum expense recognised is the expense as if the terms had not 
been modified. An additional expense is recognised for any modification, which increases the total fair value of the share 
based payment arrangement, or is otherwise beneficial to the employee as measured at the date of modification. Where 
an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it had vested on the date of cancellation, and any expense not yet 
recognised for the award is recognised immediately. However, if a new award is substituted for the cancelled award, and 
designated as a replacement award on the date that it is granted, the cancelled and new awards are treated as if they were 
a modification of the original award, as described in the previous paragraph. Where an equity-settled award is forfeited 
during the vesting period, the cumulative charge expensed up to the date of forfeiture and is credited to the income 
statement.

Employee Benefit Trust
The assets and liabilities of the Employee Benefit Trusts (EBT) have been included in the Group financial statements. 
Any assets held by the EBT cease to be recognised on the Group statement of financial position when the assets vest 
unconditionally in identified beneficiaries. The costs of purchasing own shares held by the EBT are shown as a deduction 
within shareholders’ equity. The proceeds from the sale of own shares are recognised in shareholders’ equity. Neither the 
purchase nor sale of own shares leads to a gain or loss being recognised in the income statement.

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Segment reporting
An operating segment is a component of an entity that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and 
incur expenses (including revenues and expenses related to transactions with other components of the same entity), whose 
operating results are regularly reviewed by the entity’s Chief Operating Decision Maker to make decisions about resources 
to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance, and for which discrete financial information is available. The 
Chief Operating Decision Maker has been identified as the Managing Director, at which level strategic decisions are made. 
Details of the Group’s reporting segments are provided in note 2. 

New and amended International Financial Reporting Standards adopted by the Group
The Group adopted IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ on 1 January 2019. The Group has elected to apply the full retrospective approach to 
the transition to IFRS 16. The full retrospective approach requires the transition to be implemented with restatement of the 
prior year results as if the standard had always been adopted. The effect of the adoption of the new standard is provided in 
note 38.

International Financial Reporting Standards in issue but not yet effective 
The new and amended standards and interpretations that are issued, but not yet effective, up to the date of issuance of 
the Group’s financial statements are disclosed below. The Group intends to adopt these new and amended standards and 
interpretations, if applicable, when they become effective. 

IFRS 17 ‘Insurance contracts’
The Group does not issue insurance contacts and there will be no impact of the adoption of IFRS 17.

Use of alternative performance measures 
The Group has defined certain measures that it uses to understand and manage performance. These measures are not 
defined under IFRS and they may not be directly comparable with other companies’ adjusted measures. These non-GAAP 
measures are not intended to be a substitute for any IFRS measures of performance, but management has included them 
as they consider them to be key measures used within the business for assessing the underlying performance. 

Growth at constant currency: This measure shows the year-on-year change in performance after eliminating the impact of 
foreign exchange movement, which is outside of management’s control.

Organic growth: This is defined as growth at constant currency growth excluding acquisitions until the first anniversary of 
their consolidation.

Adjusted operating profit: Adjusted operating profit is disclosed to indicate the Group’s underlying profitability. It is defined 
as profit before acquisition related expenses, share based payments and associated employer taxes and amortisation of 
brand, customer and supplier relationship intangible assets.

Adjusted EBITDA: This represents operating profit before acquisition related expenses, share based payments and 
associated employer taxes, depreciation and amortisation.

Adjusted profit before tax: This is profit before tax adjusted for acquisition related expenses, share based payments and 
associated employer taxes, amortisation of brand, customer and supplier relationship intangible assets, changes in deferred 
or contingent considerations and put option liabilities over non-controlling interests, foreign exchange gains or losses on 
borrowings for acquisitions, fair value movements on derivatives for borrowings, and financing fair value remeasurements.

Adjusted profit after tax: This is profit after tax adjusted for acquisition related expenses, share based payments and 
associated employer taxes, amortisation of brand, customer and supplier relationship intangible assets, changes in deferred 
or contingent considerations and put option liabilities over non-controlling interests, foreign exchange gains or losses on 
borrowings for acquisitions, fair value movements on derivatives for borrowings, and financing fair value remeasurements 
and the tax thereon.

Adjusted EPS: This is adjusted profit after tax less profit, amortisation of brand, customer and supplier relationship 
intangible assets and tax thereon due to non-controlling interests divided by the weighted number of shares outstanding.

Adjusted net debt: This is net debt excluding leases.

84

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

85

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   84

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:08

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   85

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:08

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Continued

1. Accounting policies continued
Accounting judgements and sources of estimation uncertainty
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with the principles of the IFRSs requires the directors to make 
judgements and use estimation techniques in order to provide a fair presentation of the Group’s financial position and 
performance. Accounting judgements represent the accounting decisions made by the directors that have the most 
significant effect on amounts recognised in the financial statements. Sources of estimation uncertainty represent the 
assumptions made by management that carry significant risks of a material adjustment to the value of assets and 
liabilities within the next financial year. Judgements and estimates are evaluated based on historic experience, on-going 
developments within the Group, and reasonable expectations of future events. Judgements and estimates are subject to 
regular review by the directors. 

The following are the significant accounting judgements made by the Group in preparing the financial statements:

Put options over non-controlling interests
As a result of some of the acquisitions, the Group has issued a number of put options over non-controlling interests. The 
liability is recorded at the present value of the redemption amount and is accounted for as a separate component in equity 
on the basis that the directors have judged that the Group does not currently hold the risks and rewards associated with 
ownership of these shares. The key judgements in determining whether the risks and rewards regarding control have 
passed were the proportionate right to dividends and determining if there is exposure to changes in value of shares. 

The following are the significant sources of estimation uncertainty facing the Group in preparing the financial statements:

Aged inventory provisions
Aged inventory provisions are recognised in order to record inventory at the lower of cost and net realisable value. In order 
to determine aged inventory provisions the Group is required to estimate the future sales volumes, sales prices, costs to 
sell inventory, and shrinkage. The value of inventories and the amount of inventories impaired in the period are disclosed in 
note 16.

Fair value of separately identifiable intangible assets in business combinations
The Group is required to calculate the fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations. In 
order to estimate the fair value of separately identifiable assets in business combinations certain assumptions must be 
made about future trading performance, royalty rates, customer attrition rates, and supplier contract renewal rates. The 
fair values of assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations are disclosed in note 35 and the carrying values of 
separately identifiable intangible assets initially measured at fair value are disclosed in note 13.

Contingent considerations and put option liabilities
The Group is required to record contingent considerations at fair value. The Group initially measures put option liabilities at 
present value and subsequently measures put option liabilities at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. 
Where the contractual cash flows of the put option liability are renegotiated or otherwise modified the financial liability 
is recalculated at the present value of the modified contractual cash flows discounted at the financial liability’s original 
effective interest rate. The Group use a range of present valuation techniques including both the discount rate adjustment 
technique and the expected present value technique in order to determine the fair values of contingent considerations 
and the present values of put option liabilities. The fair value of contingent consideration is disclosed in note 23 and the 
amortised cost of put option liabilities is disclosed in note 22.

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

2. Segmental reporting
Operating segments
For the purposes of segmental reporting, the Group’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) is the Managing Director. 
The Group is a distributor of audio visual solutions to trade customers. The Board reviews attributable revenue, expenses, 
assets and liabilities by geographic region and makes decisions about resources and assesses performance based on this 
information. Therefore, the Group’s operating segments are geographic in nature.

2019

Revenue
Gross profit
Gross profit %

Adjusted operating profit
Costs of acquisitions
Share based payments
Employer taxes on share based payments
Amortisation of brands, customer and supplier 
relationships

Operating profit
Interest

Profit before tax

2019
Segment assets
Segment liabilities

Segment net assets
Depreciation 
Amortisation

Other segmental information

Non-current assets

UK & Ireland
£’000

Continental 
Europe
£’000

Asia Pacific
£’000

314,627
55,328
17.6%
19,850
–
(1,230)
(136)

320,990
48,805
15.2%
14,108
–
(948)
(201)

50,623
8,974
17.7%
2,716
–
(235)
(17)

(2,558)
15,926

(2,039)
10,920

(274)
2,190

UK & Ireland
£’000

113,690
(86,535)
27,155
2,562
2,637

Continental 
Europe
£’000

143,859
(109,427)
34,432
2,412
2,095

Asia Pacific
£’000

23,633
(19,644)
3,989
451
291

Other
£’000

–
–
–
(3,212)
(356)
(461)
(73)

–
(4,102)

Other
£’000

128
(411)
(283)
–
–

Total
£’000

686,240
113,107
16.5%
33,462
(356)
(2,874)
(427)

(4,871)
24,934
(1,153)
23,781

Total
£’000

281,310
(216,017)
65,293
5,425
5,023

UK
£’000 
29,112

International
£’000
46,392

Total
£’000
75,504

86

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

87

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   86

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:08

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   87

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:09

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Continued

2. Segmental reporting continued

2018 (Restated)1

Revenue
Gross profit
Gross profit %

Adjusted operating profit
Costs of acquisitions
Share based payments
Employer taxes on share based payments
Amortisation of brands, customer and supplier 
relationships

Operating profit
Interest

Profit before tax

UK & Ireland
£’000
315,808
54,890
17.4%
19,541
–
(557)
(72)

Continental 
Europe
£’000
222,017
33,086
14.9%
10,276
–
(382)
(109)

Asia Pacific
£’000
35,857
6,586
18.4%
2,935
–
(106)
(14)

(2,557)
16,355

(1,005)
8,780

(58)
2,757

Other
£’000
–
–
–
(2,485)
(365)
(75)
(26)

–
(2,951)

Total
£’000
573,682
94,562
16.5%
30,267
(365)
(1,120)
(221)

(3,620)
24,941
(3,910)
21,031

3. Revenue
Revenue is all derived from continuing operations. The analysis of revenue by category:

Sale of goods and ancillary services
Rental of goods

4. Other operating income

Promotional receipts
Other income

1  Comparative information is restated for the adoption of IFRS 16 (note 38) and reclassification of the amortisation for patents and software within the 
adjusted profit alternative performance measures.

5. Operating profit

2019
£’000

682,657
3,583
686,240

2018
£’000
570,107
3,575
573,682

2019
£’000

3,230
353
3,583

2018
£’000

2,743
282
3,025

2019
£’000

2018
£’000
(Restated)1

87
119
18
14
4
9
(583)
155

33
143
15
10
4
15
4
145

Operating profit is stated after charging:
Auditor’s remuneration
 − audit service in relation to the Company
 − audit services in relation to the subsidiaries
 − audit related assurance services
 − tax compliance services
 − all other taxation advisory services
 − all non-audit services not covered above
Net (gain)/loss on foreign exchange
Short term lease cost

1 Comparative information is restated for the adoption of IFRS 16 (note 38).

6. Administrative expenses
Administrative expenses in the period include £356k of acquisition related costs (2018: £365k). For details of acquisitions in 
the year see note 35. 

2018 (Restated)1
Segment assets
Segment liabilities

Segment net assets
Depreciation 
Amortisation

UK & Ireland
£’000
117,144
(103,076)
14,068
2,221
2,672

Continental 
Europe
£’000
91,977
(52,891)
39,086
1,670
1,050

Asia Pacific
£’000
19,689
(14,710)
4,979
284
70

Other
£’000
342
(356)
(14)
–
–

Total
£’000
229,152
(171,033)
58,119
4,175
3,792

Other segmental information

Non-current assets

1 Comparative information is restated for the adoption of IFRS 16 (note 38).

UK
£’000 
23,222

International
£’000
31,702

Total
£’000
54,924

Revenue from the UK, being the domicile of the Parent Company, amounted to £291,576k (2018: £295,067k).

Segment revenues above are generated from external customers. The accounting policies of the reportable segments have 
been consistently applied. Segment profit represents the operating profit by each segment after amortisation of intangibles 
arising on consolidation.

There were no intersegment sales during the year. During the prior year, £108k sales were made by the Continental Europe 
segment to the UK and Ireland segment and £280k sales were made by the UK and Ireland segment to the Continental 
Europe segment.

Sales to the largest customer
Included in revenues arising in 2019 are revenues of £12.8m (2018: £9.0m) that arose from sales to the Group’s largest 
customer, which is based in Germany. No single customer contributed 10% or more to the Group’s revenue in any period 
presented.

88

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

89

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   88

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:09

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   89

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:09

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Continued

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

7. Directors and employees
The aggregate payroll costs of the employees were as follows:

9. Taxation on ordinary activities
Analysis of charge

Staff costs
Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Pension costs

2019
£’000

41,538
5,602
1,308
48,448

2018
£’000

34,519
4,458
974
39,951

Average monthly number of persons, including directors, employed by the Group during the year was as follows:

By activity:
Administration
Sales and distribution

Remuneration of directors
Remuneration 
Employer contribution to defined contribution schemes

Emoluments of highest paid director
Remuneration
Employer contribution to defined contribution scheme

2019
Number

2018
Number

194
736
930

2019
£’000

893
–
893

2019
£’000

401
–
401

155
637
792

2018
£’000

917
5
922

2018
£’000

420
–
420

No retirement benefits were accruing to directors (2018: 1) under a money purchase pension scheme. During the year, the 
50,000 (2018: 100,000) share options were granted to directors under the Long Term Incentive Plan.

Details of key management personnel and their remuneration is disclosed within note 36. The directors’ remuneration 
report on page 46 of this annual report forms part of these financial statements.

8. Finance costs

Interest on overdraft and invoice discounting
Interest on leases
Interest on loans
Fair value movements on foreign exchange derivatives
Other interest costs
Fair value movements on derivatives for borrowings
Foreign exchange gains on borrowings for acquisitions
Interest, foreign exchange and other finance costs of deferred and contingent considerations
Interest, foreign exchange and other finance costs of put option liabilities

1 Comparative information is restated for the adoption of IFRS 16 (note 38). 

2019
£’000

1,176
379
517
246
2
42
(146)
(949)
(48)
1,219

2018
£’000
(Restated)1
1,042
268
151
–
–

–
2,219
311
3,991

Current tax
UK corporation tax for the current year
Adjustment in respect of prior years
Total UK current tax
Overseas tax for the current year
Adjustment in respect of prior years
Total overseas current tax

Total current tax
Deferred tax
Deferred tax for the current year
Adjustment in respect of prior years
Total deferred tax

Tax on profit on ordinary activities

2019
£’000

2,450
(154)
2,296
5,392
(84)
5,308
7,604

(1,797)
(226)
(2,023)
5,581

2018
£’000
(Restated)1

2,967
(358)
2,609
4,186
518
4,704
7,313

(1,199)
(340)
(1,539)
5,774

The reasons for the differences between the actual tax charge for the year and the standard rate of corporation tax in the 
United Kingdom applied to profits/(losses) for the year are as follows:

Reconciliation of the effective tax charge:

Profit on ordinary activities before taxation
Profit on ordinary activities multiplied by the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19% 
(2018: 19%)
Factors affecting tax expense for the year:
Adjustment in respect of prior years
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Effects of different tax rates in foreign jurisdictions
Differences in tax rates
Effects of changes in tax rates

Total amount of tax

2019
£’000

23,781

2018
£’000
(Restated)1

21,031

4,518

3,996

(464)
178
1,001
141
207
5,581

(180)
697
1,185
77
(1)
5,774

The main UK Corporation tax rate from 1 April 2017 to 31 March 2020 is 19% resulting in an effective corporation tax rate of 
19% for 2018 (2018: 19.0%). The Finance Act 2017 (No. 2) was substantially enacted on the 31 October 2017 and maintains 
the decision to reduce the main rate of corporation tax from 19% to 17% from 1 April 2020. 

1 Comparative information is restated for the adoption of IFRS 16 (note 38). 

90

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

91

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   90

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:09

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   91

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:09

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Continued

9. Taxation on ordinary activities continued
Deferred tax (Restated)1

At 1 January 2018
Acquired in business combinations
Credited to income statement
Credited to equity
Other balance sheet movement

At 31 December 2018
Acquired in business combinations
Credited to income statement
Credited to equity
Other balance sheet movement

At 31 December 2019

Presentation of deferred tax in balance sheet:

Deferred tax asset
Deferred tax liability

Net deferred liability

Accelerated 
capital 
allowances
£’000
4,120
1,734
(1,407)
–
(29)
4,418

2,653
(1,718)
–
(168)
5,185

Company 
share 
schemes
£’000
(229)
–
(132)
34
–
(327)

–
(305)
128
–
(504)

Total
£’000
3,891
1,734
(1,539)
34
(29)
4,091

2,653
(2,023)
128
(168)
4,681

2019
£’000

2,169
(6,850)
(4,681)

2018
£’000
(Restated)1

1,421
(5,512)
(4,091)

1 Comparative information is restated for the adoption of IFRS 16 (note 38).

10. Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit after tax attributable to equity shareholders of the Company 
by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year. Shares outstanding is the total shares issued less 
the own shares held in employee benefit trusts. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit after tax 
attributable to equity shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of shares in issue during the year 
adjusted for the effects of all dilutive potential Ordinary Shares. 

2018
(Restated)1

2019

Profit attributable to equity holders of the Group (£’000)
Weighted average number of shares in issue
Potentially dilutive effect of the Group’s share option schemes
Weighted average number of diluted Ordinary Shares
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share

1 Comparative information is restated for the adoption of IFRS 16 (note 38).

17,182

14,696
79,275,480 79,448,200
725,002
80,173,202
18.50p
18.33p

1,334,953
80,610,433
21.67p
21.31p

2  Comparative earnings per share calculations were based on the number of shares issued rather than the number of shares outstanding and 

therefore excluded the weighted average number of own shares held. Comparative earnings per share calculations have not been restated for the 
weighted average number of own shares held by the employee benefit trusts as the effect is not material. 

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

11. Subsidiaries
The following principal subsidiary undertakings have been included within the consolidated financial statements and are all 
held indirectly unless otherwise stated: 

Name
Midwich Limited1

Midwich Employees’ Trustees Limited
True Colours Distribution Limited
Invision UK Ltd

Square One Distribution Limited

Sidev SAS

Midwich Australia Pty Limited

Midwich Limited

Kern Und Stelly Medientechnik GmbH

Holdan Limited2

Earpro S.A.

Gebroeders van Domburg B.V.
van Domburg Partners B.V.

Transport en Opslagbedrijf van Domburg 
B.V.
van Domburg Services B.V.

Dutch Light Pro B.V.

Sound Technology Limited

Bauer Und Trummer GmbH3

Sound Directions France SAS4, 5

Holdan Benelux B.V. 6

Blonde Robot Pty Limited7

Blonde Robot Limited7

Principal activity
Distribution of audio visual 
products to trade customers
Dormant
Dormant
Distribution of audio visual 
products to trade customers
Distribution of audio visual 
products to trade customers
Distribution of audio visual 
products to trade customers
Distribution of audio visual 
products to trade customers
Distribution of audio visual 
products to trade customers
Distribution of audio visual 
products to trade customers
Distribution of professional 
broadcast equipment to trade 
customers
Distribution of audio visual 
and lighting products to trade 
customers
Holding company
Distribution of audio visual 
products to trade customers
Provision of logistics services to 
trade customers
Provision of administration 
and support to other Group 
companies in the Netherlands
Distribution of lighting products 
to trade customers
Distribution of professional audio, 
musical and lighting products to 
trade customers
Distribution of professional 
broadcast equipment to trade 
customers
Distribution of professional audio 
products to trade customers
Dormant

Distribution of audio visual 
products to trade customers
Distribution of audio visual 
products to trade customers

Country of 
incorporation
England and Wales

England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales

Republic of Ireland

% ownership held  
by the Group

2019

100%

100%
100%
100%

100%

2018
100%

100%
100%
100%

100%

France

100%

100%

Australia

100%

100%

New Zealand

100%

100%

Germany

100%

100%

England and Wales

100%

89%

Spain 

88%

88%

Netherlands
Netherlands

Netherlands

Netherlands

70%
70%

70%

70%

70%
70%

70%

70%

Netherlands

70%

70%

England and Wales

100%

100%

Germany

100%

100%

France

N/A

100%

Netherlands

100%

100%

Australia

Hong Kong

65%

65%

65%

65%

92

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

93

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   92

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:10

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   93

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:10

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Continued

Name
Blonde Robot Pte Limited7

Principal activity
Dormant 

Blonde Robot Sdn Bhd7

Dormant

Country of 
incorporation
Singapore

Malaysia

MobilePro AG8

Midwich Asia Pte Limited9

Prase Engineering SpA10

AV Partner AS11

Distribution of audio visual 
products to trade customers
Distribution of audio visual 
products to trade customers
Distribution of audio visual 
products to trade customers
Distribution of audio visual 
products to trade customers

Switzerland

100%

Singapore

100%

Italy

80%

Norway

100%

Entertainment Equipment Supplies SL12 Distribution of lighting products 

Spain

100%

to trade customers

1 Investments held directly by Midwich Group plc. 

7 Acquired 4 December 2018. See “Blonde Robot” acquisition in note 35.

2 Acquired remaining shares on 28 April 2019. See note 34. 

8 Acquired 17 January 2019. See “MobilePro” acquisition in note 35. 

% ownership held  
by the Group

2019

65%

65%

2018

65%

65%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Allocation of goodwill to cash generating units
Goodwill is not amortised but tested for impairment annually with the recoverable amount being determined from value in 
use calculations. Goodwill has been allocated for impairment testing to groups of Cash Generating Units (CGUs) for each 
operating segment, as follows:

Allocation of goodwill to groups of CGUs

United Kingdom & Ireland
Continental Europe
Asia Pacific
Other

2019
£’000

4,878
7,479
969
–
13,326

2018
£’000
(Restated)1

4,898
5,661
1,009
–
11,568

1 Comparative information is restated for the adoption of IFRS 16 (note 38).

The value in use calculation is based on cash flow projections from a formally approved 12-month forecast which has been 
extrapolated using an individual growth rate expected for each group of CGUs over a five-year period from the balance 
sheet date and cash flows beyond this period exclude growth. Management has concluded that there are no reasonably 
possible changes in any key assumptions that would cause the carrying amount of goodwill to exceed the value in use.

3Acquired 23 August 2018. See “New Media” acquisition in note 35. 

9 Incorporated on 30 January 2019.

Other major assumptions are as follows:

4 Acquired 5 September 2018. See “Perfect Sound” acquisition in note 35. 

10 Acquired 31 January 2019. See “Prase” acquisition in note 35.

5 Company dissolved on 27 May 2019. 

6 Incorporated on 11 October 2018. 

12. Goodwill

Cost
At 1 January 2018
On acquisition of New Media 
On acquisition of Perfect Sound
On acquisition of Blonde Robot
Foreign exchange gain/(loss)

At 31 December 2018
On acquisition of MobilePro 
On acquisition of Prase
On acquisition of AV Partner
On acquisition of EES
Foreign exchange gain/(loss)

At 31 December 2019

11 Acquired 3 May 2019. See “AV Partner” acquisition in note 35.

12 Acquired 1 July 2019. See “EES” acquisition in note 35.

£’000
(Restated)1

9,443
1,022
174
935
(6)
11,568
451
371
1,195
131
(390)

13,326

Forecast profitability assumptions
Management’s key assumptions are the achievement of the forecast profits for the 12-month period after the balance 
sheet date and stable long-term profit margins. The 12-month forecast data is based on the most recent annual financial 
statements adjusted for management’s best estimates of reasonable growth.

Growth rates
The annual growth rates used to extrapolate the approved forecast for years two to five within the value in use calculation 
are between 0% - 2.5% (2018: 0% - 2.5%). The growth rates are based on economic data for the wider economy and 
represent a prudent expectation of growth.

Discount rates
Discount rates are based on management’s assessment of the specific risks relating to the groups of CGUs within each 
operating segment. Discount rates used in the value in use calculation for assessing the recoverable amount of goodwill  
for each operating segment are as follows:

Operating segment
United Kingdom & Ireland
Continental Europe
Asia Pacific
Other

2019

9.1–9.4%
8.7–11.2%
9.1–9.2%
–%

2018
11.0–11.7%
10.3–13.1%
10.6–11.3%
–%

The recoverable amounts for each operating segment’s group of CGUs exceed the carrying amounts by the following 
amounts in each year assessed:

Amount by which recoverable amount exceeds carrying amount:

United Kingdom & Ireland
Continental Europe
Asia Pacific
Other

Total

2019
£’000

223,795
191,355
39,938
–
455,088

2018
£’000

185,786
105,017
42,621
–
333,424

The directors believe that any reasonable change in the key assumptions on which recoverable amount is based would not 
cause the aggregate carrying amount to exceed the aggregate recoverable amount for any of the cash-generating units.

94

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

95

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   94

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:10

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   95

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:10

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Continued

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

13. Intangible assets

14. Right of use assets (Restated)1

Assets in the 
course of 
construction
£’000

Patents and 
software
£’000

Brands
£’000

Customer 
relations
£’000

Supplier 
contracts
£’000

Cost
At 1 January 2018
On acquisition
Additions
Disposals
Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2018
On acquisition
Additions
Disposals
Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2019
Amortisation
At 1 January 2018
Charge for year
Disposals
Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2018
Charge for year
Disposals
Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2019
Net book value
At 31 December 2018

At 31 December 2019

–
–
598
–
–
598
–
1,829
–
–

2,427

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

598

2,427

460
15
180
(3)
2
654
–
103
(148)
(33)

576

201
172
–
2
375
152
(148)
(25)

354

279

222

4,053
625
–
–
(3)
4,675
1,140
–
–
(100)

5,715

1,457
465
–
5
1,927
576
–
(33)

23,727
2,964
–
–
(12)
26,679
3,429
–
–
(646)

4,823
1,935
–
–
(12)
6,746
6,532
–
–
(340)

29,462

12,938

8,307
2,504
–
30
10,841
3,035
–
(212)

788
651
–
4
1,443
1,260
–
(47)

2,470

13,664

2,656

Total
£’000

33,063
5,539
778
(3)
(25)
39,352
11,101
1,932
(148)
(1,119)

51,118

10,753
3,792
–
41
14,586
5,023
(148)
(317)

19,144

2,748

3,245

15,838

15,798

5,303

10,282

24,766

31,974

Cost
At 1 January 2018
On acquisition
Additions
Disposals
Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2018
On acquisition
Additions
Disposals
Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2019
Depreciation
At 1 January 2018
Charge for year
Disposals
Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2018
Charge for year
Disposals
Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2019
Net book value
At 31 December 2018

At 31 December 2019

1 Comparative information is restated for the adoption of IFRS 16 (note 38).

Land and 
buildings
£’000

Plant and 
equipment
£’000

11,374
1,505
233
–
(19)
13,093
3,116
4,515
(474)
(550)

19,700

2,168
1,405
–
(1)
3,572
2,002
(372)
(146)

5,056

1,842
47
56
(328)
11
1,628
80
1,244
(688)
(83)

2,181

928
400
(328)
8
1,008
594
(688)
(38)

876

Total
£’000

13,216
1,552
289
(328)
(8)
14,721
3,196
5,759
(1,162)
(633)

21,881

3,096
1,805
(328)
7
4,580
2,596
(1,060)
(184)

5,932

9,521

14,644

620

1,305

10,141

15,949

Included within intangible assets are £29,325k of separately identifiable intangible assets that were measured at fair value 
on acquisition in business combinations. These assets have subsequently been measured at amortised cost. The fair value 
of separately identifiable intangible assets is calculated based on the estimation of future trading performance, royalty 
rates, customer attrition rates, and supplier contract renewal rates. If the estimated fair values of intangible assets on 
acquisition were 10% higher or 10% lower the effect would be a decrease or increase of £487k respectively in profit after tax 
for the year. 

Assets in the course of construction are tested for impairment annually with the recoverable amount being determined 
from value in use calculations. The value in use calculation is based on cash flow projections from a formally approved 
12-month forecast which has been extrapolated using 2% growth rate over a ten-year period from the balance sheet date. 
Management has concluded that there are no reasonably possible changes in any key assumptions that would cause the 
carrying amount of assets in the course of construction to exceed the value in use. The value in use exceeded recoverable 
amount by £1,689k using a discount rate of 8.5%.

96

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

97

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   96

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:11

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   97

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:11

 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Continued

15. Property, plant and equipment (Restated)1

17. Trade and other receivables

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Land and 
buildings
£’000

Leasehold 
improvements
£’000

Rental assets
£’000

Plant and 
equipment
£’000

Cost
At 1 January 2018
On acquisition
Additions
Disposals
Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2018
On acquisition
Additions
Disposals
Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2019
Depreciation
At 1 January 2018
Charge for year
Disposals
Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2018
Charge for year
Disposals
Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2019
Net book value
At 31 December 2018

At 31 December 2019

2,825
–
12
–
–
2,837
2,153
5
–
(60)

387
116
49
(43)
(12)
497
–
2,251
(160)
(16)

4,935

2,572

132
53
–
–
185
87
–
(1)

271

100
44
(43)
(4)
97
201
(160)
(7)

131

2,652

4,664

400

2,441

2,276
–
1,269
(728)
–
2,817
–
1,764
(1,071)
–

3,510

506
1,200
(463)
–
1,243
1,218
(783)
–

1,678

1,574

1,832

Included in land and buildings is land at £607k (2017: £255k) that is not depreciated.

1 Comparative information is restated for the adoption of IFRS 16 (note 38).

16. Inventories

Finished goods for resale

Total
£’000

8,811
224
2,358
(1,236)
11
10,168
2,635
5,793
(1,619)
(446)

16,531

1,587
2,370
(829)
12
3,140
2,829
(1,254)
(270)

3,323
108
1,028
(465)
23
4,017
482
1,773
(388)
(370)

5,514

849
1,073
(323)
16
1,615
1,323
(311)
(262)

2,365

4,445

2,402

3,149

7,028

12,086

2019
£’000

88,691
88,691

2018
£’000

74,379
74,379

Trade receivables
Other receivables
Prepayments and accrued income

2019
£’000

94,844
1,736
7,520
104,100

2018
£’000

78,136
790
4,213
83,139

Trade receivables includes an amount of £53,305k (2018: £32,829k) which is subject to a receivables financing agreement.

The directors consider the carrying value of trade and other receivables is approximate to its fair value.

The Group incurs a small incidence of credit losses and as a result the receivables are impaired for expected credit losses. 
Where management views that there is a significant risk of non-payment, an additional specific provision for impairment is 
made and recognised as a deduction from receivables.

Impairment provision at 1 January
Impairments arising on acquisitions
New impairment provision in the year
Release of impairment provision against written-off receivables
Foreign exchange variance

Impairment provision at 31 December

18. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank (GBP)
Cash at bank (EUR)
Cash at bank (USD)
Cash at bank (AUD)
Cash at bank (NZD)
Cash at bank (CHF)
Cash at bank (NOK)

2019
£’000

1,550
59
182 
(77)
(58)
1,656

2019
£’000

382
10,809
277
529
317
535
166
13,015

2018
£’000

1,386
32
171 
(47)
8
1,550

2018
£’000

737
13,413
1,679
510
346
–
–
16,685

All significant cash and cash equivalents were deposited with major clearing banks with at least an ‘A’ rating. 

Amounts of inventories recognised as an expense during the period as cost of sales (gross of vendor rebates) are:

Total inventory impairment (credit)/charge for the period:

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

590,739

491,303

2019
£’000

(132)

2018
£’000

115

98

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

99

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   98

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:11

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   99

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:11

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Continued

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

19. Trade and other payables
Amounts falling due within one year:

Trade payables
Other taxation and social security
Other payables
Accruals and deferred income

Amounts falling due after one year:

Trade payables
Accruals and deferred income

20. Provisions

Dilapidations provision
Defined benefit obligations (see note 30)
Agency contract severance provisions

Dilapidations provision at 1 January
Arising on acquisitions
Increase in provision
Amortised interest cost
Foreign exchange variance
Provision at 31 December

2019
£’000

81,647
12,029
184
12,482
106,342

2019
£’000

114
551
665

2019
£’000

597
1,343
544
2,484

2019
£’000

56
–
538
2
1
597

2018
£’000

75,361
10,763
582
11,023
97,729

2018
£’000

253
483
736

2018
£’000

56
–
–
56

2018
£’000

–
58
–
–
(2)
56

21. Derivative financial instruments 

Derivative financial assets
Foreign currency call options (see note 25)
Derivative financial liabilities
Interest rate swaps (see note 25)
Net derivative financial instruments

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

–

(132)
(132)

25

–
25

During the year, the Group entered into foreign currency call options and forward exchange contracts in relation to foreign 
currencies. Details of the Group’s management of foreign exchange risk are included in note 26.

Put option liabilities

Current:
Put option liabilities (see note 25)
Non-current:
Put option liabilities (see note 25)
Total put option liabilities

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

3,490

1,746

3,799
7,289

4,654
6,400

During the year, the Group entered into a symmetrical put and call option contract to acquire the non-controlling interests 
created by the Prase acquisition (see note 35). The non-controlling interests are due to be acquired when the put and call 
options are timed to be exercised in 2022.

During the prior year, the Group entered into a symmetrical put and call option contract to acquire the non-controlling 
interests created by the Blonde Robot acquisition (see note 35). The non-controlling interests are due to be acquired when 
the put and call options are timed to be exercised in 2021.

During 2017, the Group entered into symmetrical put and call option contracts to acquire the non-controlling interests that 
were created during the acquisitions of Earpro SA and Gebroeders van Domburg BV. The non-controlling interests are due 
to be acquired when the put and call options are timed to be exercised in 2020.

The classification between current and non-current liabilities is based on management’s best estimates of when the options 
will be exercised.

Dilapidations provision comprises liabilities in respect of future expected repair and restoration costs that the Group has 
obligations for under the terms of lease contracts. 

Agency contract severance provision
Provision at 1 January
Arising on acquisitions
Decrease in provision
Foreign exchange variance
Provision at 31 December

2019
£’000

–
637
(221)
128
544

2018
£’000

–
–
–
–
–

Agency contract severance provision (“FISC”) comprises liabilities in respect of future expected agency costs that the 
Group is required to settle on conclusion of the agent’s contract in accordance with the terms and conditions of the 
contract and as required by statutory obligations for engaging agency workers in Italy.

100

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM 101
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   100

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:11

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   101

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:12

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Continued

23. Deferred consideration

Current:
 − Deferred consideration at amortised cost
 − Contingent consideration
Total current deferred and contingent considerations
Non-current:
 − Deferred consideration at amortised cost
 − Contingent consideration
Total non-current deferred and contingent considerations
Total deferred consideration at amortised cost
Total contingent consideration
Total deferred and contingent considerations

2019
£’000

4,133
–
4,133

2,248
548
2,796
6,381
548
6,929

2018
£’000

–
4,005
4,005

–
757
757
–
4,762
4,762

During the prior year, the Group recognised deferred and contingent consideration in relation to the Prase and AV Partner 
acquisitions (see note 35). Deferred consideration in relation to the Prase acquisition is due to be settled in settlements 
in 2020 and 2021. Deferred and contingent considerations in relation to AV Partner acquisition is due to be settled in 
instalments in 2020 and 2021. 

During the prior year, the Group recognised deferred and contingent consideration in relation to the New Media and Perfect 
Sound acquisitions (see note 35). Contingent consideration in relation to the New Media acquisition is due to be settled in 
2020. Contingent consideration in relation to Perfect Sound is due to be settled in instalments in 2020, 2021 and 2022. 

During the year, the Group settled contingent consideration in relation to the 2017 acquisition of Gebroders van Domburg BV.

The total fair value of contingent consideration has been valued at £548k at 31 December 2019 (2018: £4,762k). The final 
payments depend upon the future profitability of the subsidiaries acquired. 

The fair value of contingent consideration is based on estimations of future trading performance and discount factors. If 
the estimated future trading performance were 10% higher or 10% lower the effect would be an increase of £136k and a 
decrease of £92k respectively in the fair value of the deferred contingent consideration liability. If the estimated discount 
factors were 1 percentage point higher or lower the effect would be a decrease or increase respectively of £6k in the fair 
value of the deferred contingent consideration liability.

24. Borrowings

Secured – at amortised cost
Bank overdrafts and invoice discounting
Bank loans
Leases (see note 28)

Unsecured – at amortised cost
Unsecured loan notes
Total secured and unsecured borrowings
Current
Non-current

1 Comparative information is restated for the adoption of IFRS 16 (note 38).

2019
£’000

41,134
24,805
16,708
82,647

348
82,995
46,529
36,466
82,995

2018
£’000
(Restated)1

33,157
8,689
10,826
52,672

274
52,946
36,838
16,108
52,946

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Summary of borrowing arrangements:
The Group has overdraft borrowings which comprised £1,518k at the end of 2019 (2018: £328k). The facilities are 
uncommitted and secured with fixed and floating charges over the assets of the Group. Included within overdraft facilities 
as at 31 December 2019 is £60k in relation to an overdraft facility provided to Midwich Asia Pte Limited, a company that 
was established during the year. 

The Group has invoice discounting borrowings which comprised £39,615k at the end of 2019 (2018: £32,830k). The facilities 
comprise fully revolving receivables financing agreements which are secured on the underlying receivables. The facility 
has no fixed repayment dates and receivables are automatically offset against the outstanding amounts of the facility on 
settlement of the receivable. The Group retains the credit risk associated with the receivables.

The Group has loans of £25,153k at the end of 2019 (2018: £8,963k). The loans are secured with fixed and floating charges 
over the assets of the Group with the exception of £348k (2018: £274k), which is unsecured. Included within loans as at 31 
December 2019 is £347k that were loans acquired as part of the MobilePro and Prase acquisitions and £265k in relation to a 
loan provided to Midwich Asia Pte Limited. The Group is subject to covenants under its Revolving Credit Facility and if the 
Group defaults under these covenants, it may not be able to meet its payment obligations.

The Group has leases of £16,708k at the end of 2019 (2018: £10,826k). Included within leases as at 31 December 2019 is 
£3,046k that were leases acquired as part of the MobilePro, Prase, AV Partner and EES acquisitions and £265k in relation to 
a lease entered into by Midwich Asia Pte Limited.

For details of leases please refer to note 28.

Borrowings

Short term borrowings
Long term borrowings
Leases (see note 28)

1 Comparative information is restated for the adoption of IFRS 16 (note 38).

Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities

At 1 January

Cash flows:
Invoice financing (outflows)/inflows
Proceeds from borrowings
Repayment of loans
Capital element of leases

Non-cash:
Acquisitions
New liabilities arising on leases
Foreign exchange gain or loss
At 31 December

1 Comparative information is restated for the adoption of IFRS 16 (note 38).

2019
£’000

43,897
22,390
16,708
82,995

2019
£’000

52,946

6,785
14,285
(1,053)
(2,627)

7,362
5,759
(462)
82,995

2018
£’000
(Restated)1

34,975
7,145
10,826
52,946

2018
£’000
(Restated)1

60,868

(8,704)
782
(2,107)
(1,725)

3,593
288
(49)
52,946

102

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM 103
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   102

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:12

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   103

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:12

 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Continued

25. Financial instruments
Classification of financial instruments
The fair value hierarchy allocates financial assets and liabilities to groups according to three levels based on the significance 
of inputs used in measuring the fair value of the financial assets and liabilities. 

The fair value hierarchy has the following levels:

•  Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

•  Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either 

directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and

•  Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

The level within which the financial asset or liability is classified is determined based on the lowest level of significant input 
to the fair value measurement. There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy during the 
year (2018: none). Financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss comprise forward contracts and 
contingent consideration. 

As at 31 December 2019 the Group had interest rate swaps, which were measured at fair value. The valuation of the interest 
rate swap contracts is based on observable inputs other than quoted prices and hence is a level 2 valuation.

The contingent considerations in relation to the acquisitions of EES, AV Partner, Perfect Sound and New Media (see note 
23) have been measured at fair value. The valuation of the contingent consideration is based on unobservable inputs and 
hence is a level 3 valuation. The fair value has been calculated using the expected present value technique using a discount 
factor based on the risk-free rate that has been adjusted to include systematic risk. Discount factors of 6.0%, 6.2%, 6.4%, 
and 6.6% respectively have been applied to probability-weighted cash flows that are not certainty-equivalent because they 
have not been adjusted to exclude systematic risk.

The put option liabilities held by the Group to acquire the remaining non-controlling interests that arose in the Prase and 
Blonde Robot acquisitions (see note 35) along with acquisition of Gebroeders van Domburg BV and Earpro SA in 2017 
were initially measured at present value. The valuations of the put option liabilities were based on unobservable inputs and 
hence were level 3 valuations. 

A discount factor of 2.5% was applied to certainty equivalent cash flows that were adjusted to exclude systematic risk in 
order to discount the put option liability over the non-controlling interest for the Prase acquisition. Discount factors of 5.9% 
and 7.7% respectively were applied to probability-weighted cash flows that are not certainty-equivalent because they were 
not adjusted to exclude systematic risk in order to calculate the put option liabilities over the non-controlling interest for 
the Blonde Robot and of Gebroeders van Domburg BV acquisitions. A discount rate of 9.4% was applied to the most likely 
cash flows in order to calculate the put option liability over the non-controlling interest of Earpro SA.

Put option liabilities over non-controlling interests are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest 
method. However, when contractual cash flows relating to the put option are modified the put option liability is remeasured 
at present value using the original effective interest rate. Due to modifications in the contractual cash flows the put option 
liabilities were subsequently remeasured to present value at the year end.

During the year, the Group exercised the put option in relation to Holdan Limited and acquired the remaining non-
controlling interest (see note 34).

The expected cash flows in relation to the put option liabilities are provided in note 26. The maximum amount payable 
under all put option liabilities over non-controlling interests is £18,017k.

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

The reconciliation of the carrying amounts of the put options is as follows:

Brought forward
Interest costs1
Other finance being movement in fair value and foreign exchange1
Extinguished on partial acquisition of non-controlling interest2

Recognition of new put option on acquisitions 
Interest costs on new put option1
Other finance being movement in fair value on new put option1
At 31 December
Current
Non-current

2019
£’000

6,400
241
(235)
(1,875)
4,531
2,885
(54)
(73)
7,289
3,490
3,799
7,289

2018
£’000

5,195
302
(41)
–
5,456
894
4
46
6,400
1,746
4,654
6,400

The contract for put options over non-controlling interest state they are to be settled in cash and the amounts vary 
depending upon the results of the acquired subsidiary.

1  A total of credit of £48k has been recognised within finance costs in the Income Statement for these transactions (2018: charge of £311k) and a 
further foreign exchange credit of £73k was recognised within other comprehensive income as part of a net investment hedge relationship. 

2 See note 34 for details of the acquisitions of non-controlling interest. 

The tables below set out the Group’s accounting classification of each class of its financial assets and liabilities.

Financial assets
Financial assets at amortised cost

Trade and other receivables (note 17)
Cash and cash equivalents (note 18)

2019
£’000

96,580
13,015
109,595

2018
£’000

78,926
16,685
95,611

All of the above financial assets’ carrying values are approximate to their fair values, as at each reporting date disclosed.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Derivative financial instruments (note 21)

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

Trade and other payables (note 19)
Accruals (note 19)
Lease payables (note 28)
Put option liabilities (note 22)
Bank loans, overdrafts and invoice discounting (note 24)
Deferred consideration (note 23)
Unsecured loan notes (note 24)

2019
£’000

–

2018
£’000

25

2019
£’000

81,944
13,034
16,708
7,289
65,939
6,381
348
191,643

2018
£’000
(Restated)1

76,196
11,506
10,826
6,400
41,846
–
274
147,048

All of the above financial liabilities’ carrying values are considered by management to be approximate to their fair values, as 
at each reporting date disclosed.

1 Comparative information is restated for the adoption of IFRS 16 (note 38).

104

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM 105
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   104

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:12

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   105

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:12

 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Continued

25. Financial instruments continued
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Derivative financial instruments (note 21)

Contingent consideration

Contingent consideration (note 23)

Carrying value of hedging instruments 

Borrowings and financial liabilities
Put option liabilities over non-controlling instruments
Deferred and contingent considerations

Initial value of hedging instruments recognised during the year

Borrowings and financial liabilities
Put option liabilities over non-controlling instruments
Deferred and contingent considerations

2019
£’000

(132)

2019
£’000

548

2019
£’000

(7,522)
(2,758)
(3,817)
(14,097)

2019
£’000

(6,108)
(2,886)
(5,426)
(14,420)

2018
£’000

–

2018
£’000

4,762

2018
£’000

–
–
–
–

2018
£’000

–
–
–
–

All hedging instruments are subsequently measured at amortised costs and there is no change in fair value associated with 
any of the hedging instruments in the current or prior year. 

Amounts recognised in hedging reserve in respect of hedging instruments

1 January
Credit recognised in hedging reserve
31 December 

Change in value of hedged item 

Carrying value of hedged item 1 January
Initial value of hedged item
Change in value of hedged item
Carrying value of hedged item 31 December

Initial value of hedging instruments recognised during the year

Borrowings and financial liabilities
Put option liabilities over non-controlling instruments
Deferred and contingent considerations

2019
£’000

–
194
194

2019
£’000

–
14,418
1,087
15,505

2019
£’000

6,108
2,886
5,426
14,420

2018
£’000

–
–
–

2018
£’000

–
–
–
–

2018
£’000

–
–
–
–

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Amounts recognised in translation reserve in respect of hedged items

1 January
Charge recognised in translation reserve
31 December 

2019
£’000

–
(428)
(428)

2018
£’000

–
–
–

26. Financial instrument risk exposure and management
The Group’s operations expose it to degrees of financial risk that include liquidity risk, credit risk, interest rate risk, and 
foreign currency risk.

This note describes the Group’s objectives, policies and process for managing those risks and the methods used to 
measure them. Further quantitative information in respect of these risks is presented in notes 17 to 25.

Credit risk
The Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to its cash balances and trade receivables. The Group does not have a 
significant concentration of risk, with exposure spread over a number of third parties. The risk is further mitigated by 
insurance of the trade receivables.

The credit risk on liquid funds is limited because the third parties are large international banks with a credit rating of at 
least A. 

The Group’s total credit risk amounts to the total of the sum of the trade receivables and cash and cash equivalents. At 
31 December 2018 total credit risk amounted to £107,859k (2018: £94,821k). 

Interest rate risk
The interest on the Group’s overdrafts, invoice discounting facilities and Revolving Credit Facility borrowings are variable. 
During the year, the Group entered into an interest rate swap contract in respect of the Group’s variable interest rates in 
order to achieve a fixed rate of interest. 

Based on year end balances a 1% increase in interest rates would impact profit and equity by £663k (2018: £421k). 

Foreign exchange risk
The Group is largely able to manage the exchange rate risk arising from operations through the natural matching of 
payments and receipts denominated in the same currencies. Any exposure tends to be on the payment side and is 
mainly in relation to the Sterling strength relative to the Euro or US Dollar. This transactional risk is considered manageable 
as the proportion of Group procurement that is not sourced in local currency is small. However, on occasions the Group 
does buy foreign currency call options and forward contracts to mitigate this risk.

The Group does hold material non-domestic balances on occasions and currently does not take any action to mitigate 
this risk. Inter-company balances between trading entities tend to be short term and repaid within the month. The Group 
is able to manage its exchange rate risk through the natural matching of payments and receipts denominated in the same 
currencies. The Group paid and entered into financial instruments in the currency of the acquired entity for the Prase 
acquisition as part of a net investment hedge strategy to reduce the exposure to fluctuations in foreign currencies and any 
potential negative effects on the value of equity acquired.

The Group reports in Pounds Sterling (GBP) but has significant revenues and costs as well as assets and liabilities that are 
denominated in Euros (EUR) and Australian Dollars (AUD). The table below sets out the prevailing exchange rates in the 
periods reported.

EUR/GBP
AUD/GBP
NZD/GBP
USD/GBP

Annual average

Year end

2019

1.135
1.828
1.929
1.272

2018
1.129
1.780
1.923
1.337

2019

1.177
1.883
1.960
1.321

2018
1.115
1.809
1.902
1.277

The following tables illustrate the sensitivity of the reported profit before tax and equity for 2019 to material exchange rate 
movements in the EUR, AUD, NZD and USD relative to the GBP. The amounts are calculated by applying an increase or 
decrease of 10% to the average and closing exchange rates in GBP for each of the respective currencies and applying the 
revised rate to the results of year.

106

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM 107
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   106

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:12

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   107

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:13

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Continued

26. Financial instrument risk exposure and management continued
A 10% increase in the strength of GBP relative to the following currencies would have the following effect on the 2019 
financial statements:

2019
Profit before tax
Equity

EUR
£’000

(1,374)
(4,141)

AUD
£’000

(172)
(288)

NZD
£’000

(26)
(36)

USD
£’000

2
1

A 10% decrease in the strength of GBP relative to the following currencies would have the following effect on the 2019 
financial statements:

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

27. Capital management
The Group’s capital management objectives are:

•  To ensure the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern; and

•  To provide long-term returns to shareholders

The Group defines and monitors capital on the basis of the carrying amount of equity plus its outstanding loan notes, less 
cash and cash equivalents as presented on the face of the balance sheet and as follows:

2019
£’000

57,952
82,995
(13,015)
127,932

2018
£’000
(Restated)1

53,549
52,946
(16,685)
89,810

2019
Profit before tax
Equity

EUR
£’000

1,678
5,067

AUD
£’000

206
359

NZD
£’000

32
47

USD
£’000

(3)
4

Equity
Borrowings
Cash and cash equivalents

Liquidity risk
Prudent liquidity risk management includes maintaining sufficient cash balances to ensure the Group can meet liabilities as 
they fall due, and ensuring adequate working capital using bank borrowing arrangements. 

In managing liquidity risk, the main objective of the Group is therefore to ensure that it has the ability to pay all of its 
liabilities as they fall due. The Group monitors its levels of working capital to ensure that it can meet its liability payments as 
they fall due. 

The tables below show the undiscounted cash flows on the Group’s financial liabilities as at 31 December 2019 and 2018, on 
the basis of their earliest possible contractual maturity:

At 31 December 2019 

Trade payables
Other payables
Deferred consideration
Put option liabilities
Leases
Accruals
Bank overdrafts, loans and invoice 
discounting

At 31 December 2018 (Restated)1

Trade payables
Other payables
Deferred consideration
Put option liabilities
Leases
Accruals
Bank overdrafts, loans and invoice 
discounting

Total
£’000

81,760
184
7,042
7,625
18,336
13,034

Within 2 
months
£’000

76,030
184
1,572
–
476
11,276

66,287
194,268

40,486
130,024

Total
£’000

75,614
582
4,905
7,082
11,812
11,506

42,120
153,621

Within 2 
months
£’000

68,530
582
–
–
378
10,300

32,865
112,655

Within
2–6 
months
£’000

5,226
–
1,564
3,559
1,055
743

554
12,701

Within
2–6 
months
£’000

6,826
–
3,373
–
695
407

804
12,105

1 Comparative information is restated for the adoption of IFRS 16 (note 38).

Between 
6–12 
months
£’000

Between 1–2 
years
£’000

390
–
2,171
–
1,446
464

2,857
7,328

114
–
1,735
1,150
2,424
63

20,132
25,618

Between 6–12 
months
£’000

Between 1–2 
years
£’000

253
–
9
4,102
1,772
8

5
–
673
1,875
1,016
316

1,306
5,191

After 
than
2 years
£’000

–
–
–
2,916
12,935
488

2,258
18,597

After 
than
2 years
£’000

–
–
850
1,105
7,951
475

6,725
12,869

420
10,801

1 Comparative information is restated for the adoption of IFRS 16 (note 38).

The Board of directors monitors the level of capital as compared to the Group’s commitments and adjusts the level of 
capital as is determined to be necessary by issuing new shares or adjusting the level of debt. The Group is not subject to 
any externally imposed capital requirements.

28. Leases
Lease liabilities minimum lease payments:

Not later than one year
Later than one year and not later than five years

Less: future finance charges
Present value of minimum lease payments

Lease liabilities are included in liabilities:

Current
Non-current

2019
£’000

2,977
15,359
18,336
(1,628)
16,708

2019
£’000

2,632
14,076
16,708

2018
£’000
(Restated)1

2,089
9,723
11,812
(986)
10,826

2018
£’000
(Restated)1

1,852
8,974
10,826

1 Comparative information is restated for the adoption of IFRS 16 (note 38).

29. Guarantees and other financial commitments
The Group has provided a cross guarantee to HSBC Bank plc in respect of borrowings due by companies within the Group 
headed by Midwich Group plc. The liabilities covered by these guarantees at the year end were £60,321k (2018: £32,064k).

108

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM 109
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   108

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:13

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   109

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:13

 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Continued

30. Retirement benefit plans
The Group contributes to a number of retirement benefit pension schemes according to employee service contracts. The 
retirement benefit pension schemes include both defined contribution and defined benefit pension schemes. 

Defined contribution retirement benefit pension schemes

The majority of the retirement benefit pension schemes are defined contribution pension schemes. Group contributions 
to these schemes are charged as an expense to the consolidated income statement as they fall due. The assets of these 
schemes are held separately from those of the Group in independently administered funds.

Expenses for retirement benefit pension schemes recognised as defined contribution schemes are as follows:

Defined contribution pension schemes expense

Defined benefit retirement benefit pension schemes

2019
£’000

1,223

2018
£’000

974

The Group participates in the “Pensioenfonds Vervoer”, an industry-wide pension fund in the Netherlands, “Swiss life” a 
defined benefit pension scheme in Switzerland, and statutory obligations to pay employee severance in Italy, which is 
recognised as a defined benefit obligation.

Pensioenfonds Vervoer is a defined benefit pension scheme offering beneficiaries an average wage retirement benefit plan. 
The investment risk is shared collectively among the members of the scheme and the employers. The employer is only 
required to make a fixed contribution for current employees. Fixed contributions could be increased or decreased in future 
but it is legally prohibited for the pension fund to require any additional contribution in excess of the fixed contributions. 
Equally the Group has no claim to any excess pension scheme assets. The Group has accounted for the pension scheme as 
a defined contribution pension scheme because the records of the industry-wide pension fund are not designed to provide 
the sufficient information to enable reporting a defined benefit pension scheme.

Swiss Life is a defined benefit pension scheme offering beneficiaries an average wage retirement benefit plan. The scheme 
is funded by payments to an independently managed fund. Contributions calculated by qualified actuaries using projected 
unit credit method valuations and are charged to the income statement. The liabilities of the scheme are measured by 
discounting the future cash flows to participants estimated by actuaries using the projected unit credit method. Changes 
in the value of assets and liabilities in the scheme excluding contributions charged to income statement are recognised in 
other comprehensive income.

The employee severance (“TFR”) is payable to employees in Italy. In addition to TFR there are also amounts payable to 
directors (“TFM”). Both the TFR and TFM obligations are recognised as defined benefit obligations in accordance with IAS 
19.

Present value of defined benefit pension obligations
Fair value of plan assets
Net defined benefit pension liability

2019
£’000

(2,571)
1,228
(1,343)

2018
£’000

–
–
–

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

At 1 January 2018
On acquisition

Service cost
Current service cost

Net interest
Interest income on plan assets
Interest cost on defined benefit obligation

Total defined benefit cost recognised in income statement
Cash flows
Plan participants contributions
Employer contributions
Benefits paid
Unfunded benefits paid

Expected closing position
Remeasurements
Changes in financial assumptions
Other experience
Foreign exchange gain/(loss) recognised in translation reserve

Total remeasurements recognised in other comprehensive income
At 31 December 2019

Plan assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Insurance contracts with a quoted market price

Actuarial assumptions

Salary increase rate 
Discount rate
Inflation rate

Life expectancy at age 65 
Male participants
Female participants

Life expectancy at age 45
Male participants
Female participants

Defined 
benefit 
obligation
£’000
–
(1,393)

Fair value of 
plan assets
£’000
–
521

Net defined 
benefit 
liability
£’000
–
(872)

(182)

–
(10)
(10)
(192)

(881)
–
235
13
(2,218)

(116)
(283)
46
(353)

–

4
–
4
4

881
63
(235)
–
1,234

–
13
(19)
(6)

(182)

4
(10)
(6)
(188)

–
63
–
13
(984)

(116)
(270)
27
(359)

(2,571)

1,228

(1,343)

2019
£’000

–
1,228
1,228

2019
£’000

2.5%
0.2 – 1.0%
1.2%

2019

22.38
24.43

44.26
46.29

2018
£’000
–
–
–

2018
£’000

–
–
–

2018
–
–

–
–

110

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

111

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   110

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:13

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   111

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:13

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Continued

30. Retirement benefit plans
Sensitivity analysis
The defined benefit obligation would increase/(decrease) by the following amounts due to the respective changes in the 
following actuarial assumptions:

0.5% increase in discount rate 
0.5% decrease in discount rate 
0.5% increase in salary increase rate 
0.5% decrease in salary increase rate
1 year increase in life expectancy 
1 year decrease in life expectancy 

2019
£’000

(224)
256
25
(24)
44
(46)

Funding
The total amount of contributions expected to be paid during the financial year ending 31 December 2020 is £296k.

31. Share capital
The total allotted share capital of the Parent Company is:

Allotted, issued and fully paid

Issued and fully paid Ordinary Shares of £0.01 each
At 1 January
Shares issued

At 31 December

2019
Number

£’000

2018
Number

79,448,200
525,212
79,973,412

794 79,448,200
–
799 79,448,200

5

2018
£’000
–
–
–
–
–
–

£’000

794
–
794

During the year, the Company issued 300,212 in settlement of the put option liability over the remaining non-controlling 
interest in Holdan Limited and 225,000 shares to the Group’s employee benefit trusts. There were no share transactions 
effected during the prior year. After the year end the Company issued 7,944,800 shares related to the acquisition of Starin 
Marketing Inc (see note 39). 

Employee benefit trust
The Group’s employee benefit trusts were allocated 480,700 Ordinary Shares in 2016 and a further 225,000 shares in 
2019. As at 31 December 2019 229,000 (2018: 5,800) of these shares were distributed to employees on the exercise of 
share options leaving 476,700 Ordinary Shares held in the Group’s employee benefit trusts as at 31 December 2019 (2018: 
474,900).

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Other reserves
Movement in other reserves for the year ended 31 December 2019

Balance at 1 January 2019
Other comprehensive 
income

Total comprehensive 
income for the year
Share based payments
Deferred tax on share based 
payments
Share options exercised
Acquisition of subsidiary 
(note 35)
Acquisition of non-
controlling interest  
(note 34)

Balance at  
31 December 2019

Share based 
payment 
reserve
£’000

Translation 
reserve
£’000

1,837

1,865

Hedging 
reserve
£’000
–

Put option 
reserve
£’000
(4,532)

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£’000
50

Other 
reserve
£’000
150

–

(2,819)

–
2,874

(128)
(585)

–

–

(2,819)
–

–
–

–

–

194

194
–

–
–

–

–

–

–
–

–
–

(2,886)

1,089

–

–
–

–
–

–

–

–

–
–

–
–

–

–

Total
£’000
(630)

(2,625)

(2,625)
2,874

(128)
(585)

(2,886)

1,089

3,998

(954)

194

(6,329)

50

150

(2,891)

Movement in other reserves for the year ended 31 December 2018

Share based 
payment 
reserve
£’000

751

–

–
1,120

(34)

–

Translation 
reserve
£’000

1,691

174

174
–

–

–

1,837

1,865

Hedging 
reserve
£’000

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

Balance at 1 January 2018 
Other comprehensive 
income

Total comprehensive 
income for the year
Share based payments
Deferred tax on share based 
payments
Acquisition of subsidiary 
(note 35)

Balance at  
31 December 2019

Put option 
reserve
£’000

(3,638)

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£’000

Other reserve
£’000

50

150

–

–
–

–

(894)

–

–
–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

Total
£’000

(996)

174

174
1,120

(34)

(894)

(4,532)

50

150

(630)

112

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

113

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   112

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:13

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   113

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:14

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Continued

33. Share based payments
The Group operates two share option plans, the Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) and the Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”). The 
Group has made a grant under each plan during the year and made three awards under the LTIP and one award under the 
SIP in the prior year.

Share Incentive Plan:
The Group also operates a SIP to which the employees of the Group may be invited to participate by the Remuneration 
Committee. Under the SIP, conditional free shares are granted to employees. The SIP shares vest three years after the date 
of grant. The SIP shares are settled in equity once exercised.

Long Term Incentive Plan:
The Group operates an LTIP to which the employees of the Group may be invited to participate by the Remuneration 
Committee. Options issued under the LTIP are exercisable at £0.01 per share but the Group has the option to provide an 
exemption for this payment. The options vest three years after the date of grant, subject to certain service and non-market 
performance conditions. The Group has the option to require an extended holding period in relation to specific options. The 
options are settled in equity once exercised.

If the options remain unexercised after a period of 10 years from the date of grant, the options expire. Options are forfeited 
if the employee leaves the Group before the options vest.

LTIP options and SIP shares were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of the 2019 Options 
granted and the assumptions used in the calculation are as follows:

Date of grant
Number granted
Share price at date of grant (£)
Exercise price (£)
Expected volatility
Expected life (years)
Risk free rate
Expected dividend yield excluded from option 
Fair value at date of grant
Earliest vesting date
Expiry date

LTIP
1 Jul 2019
655,050
£5.56
£0.01
9.0%
3–5
0.67%
2.8%
£2,801,999
1 Jul 2022
1 Jul 2029

SIP
1 Jul 2019
107,400
£5.56
–
9.0%
3
0.67%
0.0%
£420,936
1 Jul 2022
1 Jul 2029

LTIP options and SIP shares were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of the 2018 Options 
granted and the assumptions used in the calculation are as follows:

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

A reconciliation of LTIP option movements over the year to 31 December 2019 is shown below:

Outstanding at start of year
Granted
Lapsed
Exercised
Outstanding at end of year

As at 31 December 2019

As at 31 December 2018

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
£

0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01

Weighted 
average 
exercise price
£
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01

Number of 
LTIP options
788,000
634,400
(11,500)
–
1,410,900

Number of 
LTIP options

1,410,900
705,050
(16,200)
(123,500)
1,976,250

A reconciliation of SIP movements over the year to 31 December 2019 is shown below:

Outstanding at 1 January
Granted
Lapsed
Exercised
Outstanding at 31 December

As at 31 December 2019

As at 31 December 2018

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price
£

–
–
–
–
–

Weighted 
average 
exercise price
£
–
–
–
–
–

Number of 
SIP shares
227,000
91,500
(34,200)
–
284,300

Number of 
SIP shares

284,300
107,400
(21,100)
(105,500)
265,100

As at the year end there were 78,500 share options that had vested and had yet to be exercised.

34. Acquisition of non-controlling interest
On 28 April 2019, the Group acquired the remaining 10.5% non-controlling interest in Holdan Limited, which had a value 
of £843k, for a consideration of £1,876k. £1,089k of the put option reserve was transferred to retained earnings when this 
element of the put option was extinguished.

Date of grant
Number granted
Share price at date of grant (£)
Exercise price (£)
Expected volatility
Expected life (years)
Risk free rate
Expected dividend yield excluded 
Fair value at date of grant
Earliest vesting date
Expiry date

LTIP
4 May 2018
75,000
£6.28
£0.01
9.0%
2
0.63%
2.2%
£416,956
31 May 2020
4 May 2028

LTIP

LTIP

SIP
9 Jul 2018 20 Dec 2018 8 Aug 2018
509,400
91,500
100,000
£6.45
£6.23
£5.30
£0.01
–
£0.01
8.9%
8.9%
9.8%
3–5
3
1–3
0.61%
0.67%
0.75%
0.00%
2.1%
2.7%
£401,587
£469,804
£2,572,735
9 Jul 2021 26 Jul 2019
9 Jul 2021
9 Jul 2028 20 Dec 2028 8 Aug 2028

The expected volatility is based on the volatility of similar companies in the industry. The expected life is the average 
expected period to exercise. The risk-free rate of return is the yield on zero-coupon UK government bonds of a term 
consistent with the assumed option life. 

The Group recognised total expenses of £2,874k (2018: £1,120k) related to equity-settled share based payment transactions 
for the above schemes during the year.

114

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

115

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   114

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:14

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   115

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:14

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Continued

35.Business combinations
Acquisitions have been completed by the Group to increase scale, broaden its addressable market and widen the product 
offering.

Subsidiaries acquired:

Date of  
acquisition
1 July 2019

Proportion 
acquired (%)
100%

Fair value of 
consideration 
£’000
3,245

3 May 2019

100%

Acquisition
EES1
AV Partner1

Prase1

MobilePro1

New Media1

Principal activity
Distribution of lighting products to trade customers
Distribution of audio visual products to trade 
customers
Distribution of audio visual products to trade 
customers
Distribution of audio visual products to trade 
customers
Distribution of professional broadcast equipment to 
trade customers

31 January 2019

17 January 2019

23 August 2018

Perfect Sound1 Distribution of professional audio products to trade 

Blonde Robot1

customers
Distribution of audio visual products to trade 
customers

5 September 2018

4 December 2018

1 See note 11 for details of companies acquired during the current and prior year.

Fair value of consideration transferred 2019

80%

100%

100%

100%

65%

Cash
Deferred contingent consideration
Total

MobilePro
£’000
882
–
882

Prase
£’000
6,108
5,426
11,534

AV Partner
£’000
3,225
2,242
5,467

Acquisition costs of £116k in relation to the acquisition of Prase, £115k in relation to the acquisition of AV Partner, £78k in 
relation to the acquisition of EES and £47k in relation to other acquisitions not completed during the year were expensed 
to the income statement during the year ended 31 December 2019.

On acquisition of Prase the Group recognised £2,886k in relation to the initial present value of the put option liabilities to 
acquire the remaining non-controlling interest.

5,467

11,534

882

3,311

682

1,687

EES
£’000
2,189
1,056
3,245

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Fair value of acquisitions 2019

Non-current assets
Goodwill
Intangible assets - brands
Intangible assets - customer relationships
Intangible assets - supplier relationships
Right of use assets
Plant and equipment
Deferred tax

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Current tax
Cash and cash equivalents

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Borrowings and financial liabilities
Current tax

Non-current liabilities
Borrowings and financial liabilities
Deferred tax
Other provisions

Non-controlling interests
Fair value of net assets acquired attributable to equity 
shareholders of the Parent Company

MobilePro
£’000

Prase
£’000

AV Partner
£’000

EES
£’000

451
535
165
326
1,548
59
3
3,087

3,742
2,162
–
42
5,946

(1,970)
(3,526)
(1)
(5,497)

(2,094)
(220)
(340)
(2,654)
–

371
382
1,504
3,110
69
2,497
143
8,076

3,604
8,830
–
1,439
13,873

(4,370)
(90)
(404)
(4,864)

(69)
(1,429)
(1,169)
(2,667)
(2,884)

1,195
142
1,193
2,241
1,370
8
–
6,149

1,285
983
33
12
2,313

(838)
(132)
–
(970)

(1,238)
(787)
–
(2,025)
–

131
81
567
810
209
71
1
1,870

569
1,301
–
820
2,690

(601)
(34)
(137)
(772)

(179)
(364)
–
(543)
–

882

11,534

5,467

3,245

In addition to the above the Group paid £45k to secure an exclusive supplier arrangement in a trade and assets acquisition.

Goodwill acquired in 2019 relates to the workforce, synergies and sales know how. Goodwill arising on all acquisitions in the 
period have been allocated to the Continental Europe segment. 

Gross contractual amounts of trade and other receivables acquired in 2018 were £13,276k, with bad debt provisions of £59k.

116

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

117

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   116

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:14

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   117

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:14

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Continued

35.Business combinations continued
Net cash outflow on acquisition of subsidiaries 2019

Consideration paid in cash
Less: cash and cash equivalent balances acquired

Net cash outflow 
Plus: borrowings acquired

Net debt outflow

Post-acquisition contribution 2019

MobilePro
£’000
882
(42)
840
5,620
6,460

Prase
£’000
6,108
(1,439)
4,669
159
4,828

AV Partner
£’000
3,225
(12)
3,213
1,370
4,583

EES
£’000
2,189
(820)
1,369
213
1,582

Acquired subsidiaries made the following contributions to the Group’s results for the year in which they were acquired, 
from their respective acquisition dates:

Date acquired
Post-acquisition contribution to Group revenue
Post-acquisition contribution to Group profit after tax

MobilePro
£’000
17 Jan
22,670
230

Prase
£’000
31 Jan
22,550
1,471

AV Partner
£’000
3 May
6,535
349

EES
£’000
1 July
2,516
201

Proforma full year contribution 2019
Acquired subsidiaries would have made the following contributions to the Group’s results for the year in which they were 
acquired if they were acquired on 1 January 2019:

Full year revenue1
Full accounting period profit after tax1

MobilePro
£’000
23,624
187

Prase
£’000
24,219
1,495

AV Partner
£’000
9,021
415

EES
£’000
6,196
511

If the acquisitions had occurred on 1 January 2019, revenue of the Group for the year would have been £695,029k and profit 
after tax for the year would have been £18,557k.

1  These amounts have been calculated using the results of subsidiaries and adjusting them for differences between the accounting policies and 
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles applicable to the subsidiaries and the accounting policies and IFRS reporting requirements of the Group. 
The translation adjustments to modify the reported results of the subsidiaries have been applied as if the Group’s accounting policies and IFRS 
reporting requirements had always been applied. The translation adjustments include the additional depreciation and amortisation charges relating 
to the fair value adjustments to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets assuming the fair values recognised on acquisition were valid on 
1 January 2019, together with the consequential tax effects.

Fair value of consideration transferred 2018

Cash
Deferred contingent consideration
Total

New  
Media
£’000
1,354
1,957
3,311

Perfect 
Sound
£’000
628
54
682

Blonde Robot
£’000
1,687
–
1,687

Acquisition costs of £119k in relation to the acquisition of New Media, £47k in relation to the acquisition of Perfect Sound, 
£83k in relation to the acquisition of Blonde Robot, and £116k in relation to other acquisitions not completed before the 
end of the year were expensed to the income statement during the year ended 31 December 2018. On acquisition of 
Blonde Robot the Group recognised £894k in relation to the initial present value of the put option liabilities to acquire the 
remaining non-controlling interest.

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Fair value of acquisitions 2018 (Restated)1

Non-current assets
Goodwill
Intangible assets - customer relationships
Intangible assets - supplier contracts
Intangible assets - brands
Intangible assets - other 
Right of use assets
Plant and equipment

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Current tax
Derivative financial instruments
Borrowings and financial liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Borrowings and financial liabilities
Deferred tax
Other provisions

Non-controlling interests
Fair value of net assets acquired attributable to equity shareholders of the 
Parent Company

1 Comparative information is restated for the adoption of IFRS 16 (note 38).

New  
Media
£’000

Perfect 
Sound
£’000

Blonde Robot
£’000

1,022
1,051
1,349
337
15
1,138
140
5,052

702
550
327
1,579

(1,045)
–
–
(359)
(1,404)

(1,022)
(894)
–
(1,916)
–

174
105
159
18
–
180
23
659

61
698
211
970

(628)
–
–
(75)
(703)

(150)
(94)
–
(244)
–

935
1,808
427
270
–
234
61
3,735

1,164
2,309
–
3,473

(1,746)
(53)
(23)
(1,831)
(3,653)

(156)
(746)
(58)
(960)
(908)

3,311

682

1,687

Goodwill acquired in 2018 relates to the workforce, synergies and sales know how. Goodwill arising on the New Media and 
Perfect Sound acquisitions has been allocated to the Continental Europe segment. Goodwill arising on the Blonde Robot 
acquisition has been allocated to the Asia Pacific segment. 

Gross contractual amounts of trade and other receivables acquired in 2018 were £3,589k, with bad debt provisions of £32k.

Net cash outflow on acquisition of subsidiaries 2018 (Restated)1

Consideration paid in cash
Less: cash and cash equivalent balances acquired

Net cash outflow
Plus: borrowings acquired

Net debt outflow

1 Comparative information is restated for the adoption of IFRS 16 (note 38).

New  
Media
£’000

1,354
(327)
1,027
1,381
2,408

Perfect 
Sound
£’000

Blonde Robot
£’000

628
(211)
417
225
642

1,687
–
1,687
1,987
3,674

118

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

119

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   118

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:14

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   119

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:15

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Continued

35.Business combinations continued
Post-acquisition contribution 2018 (Restated)1
Acquired subsidiaries made the following contributions to the Group’s results for the year in which they were acquired, 
from their respective acquisition dates:

Date acquired
Post-acquisition contribution to Group revenue
Post-acquisition contribution to Group profit after tax

1 Comparative information is restated for the adoption of IFRS 16 (note 38).

New  
Media
£’000

23 Aug
6,563
88

Perfect 
Sound
£’000

5 Sep
916
90

Blonde Robot
£’000

4 Dec
1,430
103

Proforma full year contribution 2018
Acquired subsidiaries would have made the following contributions to the Group’s results for the year in which they were 
acquired if they were acquired on 1 January 2018:

Full year revenue1
Full accounting period profit after tax1

New  
Media
£’000

17,851
26

Perfect 
Sound
£’000

3,016
190

Blonde Robot
£’000

17,364
337

If the acquisitions had occurred on 1 January 2018, revenue of the Group for the year would have been £603,004k and 
profit after tax for the year would have been £15,555k.

1  These amounts have been calculated using the results of subsidiaries and adjusting them for differences between the accounting policies and 
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles applicable to the subsidiaries and the accounting policies and IFRS reporting requirements of the Group. 
The translation adjustments to modify the reported results of the subsidiaries have been applied as if the Group’s accounting policies and IFRS 
reporting requirements had always been applied. The translation adjustments include the additional depreciation and amortisation charges relating 
to the fair value adjustments to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets assuming the fair values recognised on acquisition were valid on 
1 January 2018, together with the consequential tax effects.

36. Related party transactions
Transactions and outstanding balances between the Group companies have been eliminated on consolidation. For 
transactions between the Company and subsidiaries see note 9 of the separate company financial statements.

Key management personnel are identified as the executive and non-executive directors and other members of the senior 
management team, and their remuneration is disclosed as follows:

Remuneration of key management
Remuneration cost
Share Based Payment cost
Social security costs
Company pension contributions to defined contributions scheme

2019
£’000

1,412
761
299
28
2,500

2018
£’000

915
9
121
5
1,050

During the year, the definition of key management personnel was extended to include a representative from the UK and 
Ireland, Continental Europe and Asia Pacific segments who were admitted to the senior management team. 

During the year, Mr S Lamb was granted 50,000 (2018: 100,000) share options under the LTIP scheme and a further 
105,000 of share options were awarded to other members of the senior management team.

There were no related party borrowing or share transactions during the current or prior year. 

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

37. Dividends
The Company paid dividends in the year of £12,305k (2018: £11,289k), excluding the effects of waived dividends this 
equated to 15.45 (2018: 14.25) pence per share.

The Board has recommended a final dividend of 11.05 pence per share (2018: 10.60) which, if approved will be paid on 19 
June 2020 to shareholders on the register on 15 May 2020. With the interim dividend declared in September 2019, this 
represents a total dividend for the year to 31 December 2019 of 15.90 pence per share (2018: 15.20).

38. Changes in accounting standards 
The Group has adopted IFRS 16 from 1 January 2019 using the full retrospective approach. Comparative financial results 
have been restated as if IFRS 16 had always been adopted. Adoption of IFRS 16 requires that leases longer than 12 months 
are recognised as liabilities and initially measured at the present value of the future lease payments. The present value 
of future lease payments is discounted at the implicit interest rate of the lease if it can be readily determined and at 
the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate if the implicit interest rate can’t be easily determined. Leases are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost.

The adoption of IFRS 16 also requires the recognition of right of use assets, which are initially measured at the same 
value as the lease liability but are subsequently measured at the original value of the lease liability cost less accumulated 
depreciation and impairment losses.

As a result of the adoption of IFRS 16 the Group reports an increase in depreciation and interest costs with a corresponding 
decrease in rental costs in the statement of financial performance.

The impact of adopting IFRS 16 on the financial performance and position of the Group for the comparative periods is as 
follows:

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Distribution costs
Administrative expenses
Other operating income

Operating profit
Finance income
Finance costs

Profit before taxation
Taxation

Profit after taxation

2018
Previously 
presented
£’000
573,682
(479,120)
94,562
(56,329)
(16,511)
3,025
24,747
81
(3,751)
21,077
(5,792)
15,285

2018
Impact of 
IFRS 16
£’000
–
–
–
–
194
–
194
–
(240)
(46)
18
(28)

2018
Restated
£’000
573,682
(479,120)
94,562
(56,329)
(16,317)
3,025
24,941
81
(3,991)
21,031
(5,774)
15,257

120

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

121

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   120

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:15

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   121

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:15

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Continued

38. Changes in accounting standards continued

Assets
Non-current assets
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Right of use assets
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred tax assets

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Derivative financial instruments
Cash and cash equivalents

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Put option liabilities over non-controlling interests
Deferred and contingent considerations
Borrowings and financial liabilities
Current tax

Net current assets
Total assets less current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Put option liabilities over non-controlling interests
Deferred and contingent considerations
Borrowings and financial liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Other provisions

Net assets

2018
Previously 
presented
£’000

2018
Impact of 
IFRS 16
£’000

2018
Restated
£’000

11,188
24,766
–
7,391
1,222
44,567

74,379
83,139
25
16,685
174,228

(97,729)
(1,746)
(4,005)
(35,151)
(2,892)
(141,523)
32,705
77,272

(736)
(4,654)
(757)
(7,211)
(5,512)
(56)
(18,926)
58,346

380
–
10,141
(363)
199
10,357

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
(1,687)
–
(1,687)
(1,687)
8,670

–
–
–
(8,897)
–
–
(8,897)
(227)

11,568
24,766
10,141
7,028
1,421
54,924

74,379
83,139
25
16,685
174,228

(97,729)
(1,746)
(4,005)
(36,838)
(2,892)
(143,210)
31,018
85,942

(736)
(4,654)
(757)
(16,108)
(5,512)
(56)
(27,823)
58,119

39. Events after the balance sheet date
On 6 February 2020 the Group acquired 100% of Starin Marketing Inc and its subsidiary for an upfront consideration  
of $27.1m only, which was financed by the issue of 7,944,800 Ordinary Shares. Starin Marketing Inc is a leading distributor  
of audio visual products based near Chicago, United States of America. Due to the proximity of the date of the 
announcement to the date these financial statements were authorised for issue, the Group considers it impracticable  
to produce disclosures required under IFRS 3 regarding the acquisition fair value of assets and liabilities to be acquired 
under the acquisition.

40. Ultimate controlling party
As at 31 December 2019, Midwich Group plc had no ultimate controlling party.

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Company Statement of Financial Position 
As at 31st December 2019

Assets
Non-current assets
Investments
Deferred tax

Current assets
Receivables

Current liabilities
Payables

Net current assets
Total assets less current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Net assets
Share capital
Share premium
Share based payment reserve
Investment in own shares
Retained earnings:
Opening retained earnings
Profit/(loss) for the year
Dividends paid
Transfers into retained earnings
Total retained earnings
Capital redemption reserve
Other reserve

Shareholders’ funds

Notes

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

3
4

5

6

7

34,258
119
34,377

3,123
3,123

(316)
2,807
37,184
(95)
37,089
799
28,225
3,997
(5)

7,833
8,409
(12,305)
(64)
3,873
50
150
37,089

31,845
327
32,172

4,698
4,698

(356)
4,342
36,514
–
36,514
794
25,855
1,837
(5)

10,863
8,259
(11,289)
–
7,833
50
150
36,514

The financial statements are also comprised of the notes on pages 125 to 130. The financial statements were approved by 
the Board of directors and authorised for issue on 9 March 2020 and were signed on its behalf by:

Mr S B Fenby
Director

Company registration number: 08793266

122

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM 123
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   122

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:15

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   123

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:15

Company statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December 2019

Notes to the Company financial statements

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Share 
capital
£’000

794
–

Share 
premium
£’000

25,855
–

–
–

–
–
5
–

–
–

–
497
1,873
–

Share 
based 
payment 
reserve
£’000

1,837
–

–
2,875

(280)
(435)
–
–

799

28,225

3,997

Balance at 1 January 2019
Profit for the year

Total comprehensive 
income for the year
Share based payments
Deferred tax on share 
based payments
Share options exercised
Shares issued
Dividends paid

Balance at  
31 December 2019

Investment 
in own 
shares
£’000

Retained 
earnings
£’000

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£’000

7,833
8,409

8,409
–

–
(64)
–
(12,305)

50
–

–
–

–
–
–
–

(5)
–

–
–

–
2
(2)
–

(5)

Other 
reserve
£’000

150
–

–
–

–
–
–
–

Total
£’000

36,514
8,409

8,409
2,875

(280)
–
1,876
(12,305)

3,873

50

150

37,089

For the year ended 31 December 2018

Share 
capital
£’000
794
–

Share 
premium
£’000
25,855
–

Share 
based 
payment 
reserve
£’000
751
–

Investment 
in own 
shares
£’000
(5)
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
1,120

(34)
–

–
–

–
–

Retained 
earnings
£’000
10,863
8,259

8,259
–

–
(11,289)

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£’000
50
–

Other 
reserve
£’000
150
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

Total
£’000
38,458
8,259

8,259
1,120

(34)
(11,289)

794

25,855

1,837

(5)

7,833

50

150

36,514

Balance at 1 January 2018
Profit for the year

Total comprehensive 
income for the year
Share based payments
Deferred tax on share 
based payments
Dividends paid

Balance at  
31 December 2018

The financial statements are also comprised of the notes on pages 125 to 130. 

1. Accounting policies
Basis of Preparation
The annual financial statements of Midwich Group plc (the parent company financial statements) have been prepared 
in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 100 Application of Financial Reporting Requirements (“FRS 100”) and 
Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework (“FRS 101”).

Disclosure exemptions adopted
In preparing these financial statements the Company has taken advantage of all disclosure exemptions conferred by FRS 
101. Therefore, these financial statements do not include:

•  certain comparative information as otherwise required by EU endorsed IFRS;

•  certain disclosures regarding the Company’s capital;

•  a statement of cash flows;

• 

• 

the effect of future accounting standards not yet adopted;

the disclosure of the remuneration of key management personnel; and

•  disclosure of related party transactions with the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries.

In addition, and in accordance with FRS 101 further disclosure exemptions have been adopted because equivalent 
disclosures are included in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. These financial statements do not include 
certain disclosures in respect of:

•  Financial instruments (other than certain disclosures required as a result of recording financial instruments at fair value); 

and

•  Fair value measurement (other than certain disclosures required as a result of recording financial instruments at fair 

value).

As permitted by section 408 of Companies Act 2006, a separate income statement for the Company has not been 
included in these financial statements. 

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the financial statements as set out below have been 
consistently applied to all periods presented.

Finance income and costs
Interest income and expense is recognised using the effective interest method which calculates the amortised cost of a 
financial asset or liability and allocates the interest income or expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is 
the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts or payments through the expected life of the financial asset 
or liability to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or liability. Other finance costs include the changes in fair value 
of financial derivatives and financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss.

Investments
Investments are valued at cost less provision for any permanent impairment.

Financial instruments
Financial instruments are comprised of financial assets and financial liabilities, which are recognised when the Company 
becomes party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial assets are derecognised when the contractual 
rights to the cash flows from the financial assets expire or substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the 
financial asset are transferred. Financial liabilities are derecognised when extinguished.

Financial assets

Financial assets include trade and other receivables, cash and cash equivalents, and derivative financial instruments with a 
positive market value.

The Group classifies financial assets into three categories; 

• 

• 

• 

financial assets measured at amortised cost;

financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income; and

financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss.

124

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM 125
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   124

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:15

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   125

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:16

Notes to the Company financial statements
Continued

1. Accounting policies continued
The classification of a financial asset depends on the Group’s business model for managing the asset and the contractual 
cash flow characteristics associated with the asset. Financial assets with embedded derivatives are recognised as 
hybrid contracts. Hybrid contracts are classified in their entirety and not in separate components. Investments in equity 
instruments that are not held for trading are classified as financial assets measured at fair value through profit and loss 
unless the Group makes an irrevocable election on initial recognition to classify the asset as measured at fair value through 
other comprehensive income. Trade receivables that do not contain a significant financing component are initially measured 
at transaction price. All other financial assets classified as either financial assets measured at amortised cost, or financial 
assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income are initially measured at fair value plus transaction costs 
directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Financial assets measured at fair value through profit and loss 
are initially measured at fair value and any transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset 
are recognised in the profit and loss. Financial assets measured at amortised cost are subsequently measured using the 
effective interest method. The effects of discounting within the effective interest method are omitted if immaterial. Where 
the contractual cash flows of the financial asset are renegotiated or otherwise modified the financial asset is recalculated at 
the present value of the modified contractual cash flows discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. 
Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income and financial assets measured at fair value 
through profit and loss are subsequently measured at fair value. Expected credit loss impairments are recognised in respect 
of financial assets measured at amortised cost and financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive 
income immediately on initial recognition of the respective financial asset. Expected credit losses are measured using an 
expected credit loss model. The expected credit loss model reflects a probability weighted amount derived from a range of 
possible outcomes that are discounted for the time value of money and based on reasonable and supportable information. 
Where trade receivables contain a significant financing component the Group applies the simplified approach to measure 
the loss allowance at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses.

Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities include trade and other payables; put option liabilities; deferred consideration; bank loans, overdrafts and 
invoice discounting facilities; and derivative financial instruments with a negative market value.

The Group classifies financial liabilities into six categories; 

• 

• 

• 

financial liabilities measured at amortised cost;

financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss;

financial liabilities that arise when a transfer of a financial asset does not qualify for derecognition or when the 
continuing involvement approach applies;

• 

financial guarantee contracts;

•  commitments to provide loans at below market interest rates; 

•  contingent consideration recognised in a business combination.

Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss are initially measured at fair value and any transaction 
costs directly attributable to the issue of the financial liability are recognised in the profit and loss. Financial liabilities that 
arise when a transfer of a financial asset does not qualify for derecognition or when the continuing involvement approach 
applies are initially measured at the amount of the consideration received in respect of the financial asset. All other financial 
liabilities are initially measured at fair value minus transaction costs directly attributable to the issue of the financial 
liability. Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost are subsequently measured using the effective interest method. 
The effects of discounting within the effective interest method are omitted if immaterial. Where the contractual cash flows 
of the financial liability are renegotiated or otherwise modified the financial liability is recalculated at the present value of 
the modified contractual cash flows discounted at the financial liability’s original effective interest rate. Financial liabilities 
measured at fair value through profit and loss are subsequently measured at fair value. The subsequent measurement of 
financial liabilities that arise when a transfer of a financial asset does not qualify for derecognition or when the continuing 
involvement approach applies depends upon whether the transferred asset is measured at amortised cost or fair value. If 
the transferred asset is measured at amortised cost then associated liability is measured in such a way that the net carrying 
amount of the transferred asset and the associated liability is the amortised cost of the rights and obligations retained 
by the entity. However, if the transferred asset is measured at fair value the associated liability is measured in such a way 
that the net carrying amount of the transferred asset and the associated liability is equal to the fair value of the rights and 
obligations retained by the entity when measured on a stand-alone basis. Financial guarantee contracts are subsequently 
measured at the higher of the amount of the loss allowance calculated in accordance with the expected credit loss model 
and the amount of the initially recognised. Commitments to provide loans at below market interest rates are subsequently 
measured at the higher of the amount of the loss allowance calculated in accordance with the expected credit loss model 
and the amount initially recognised. Contingent consideration recognised in a business combination is subsequently 
measured at fair value.

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are financial assets recognised when the Group becomes party to the contractual provisions 
of the instrument. Trade receivables that do not contain a significant financing component are initially measured at 
transaction price, which is equivalent to fair value. All other trade and other receivables are initially measured at fair 
value plus transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Trade and other receivables are 
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less loss allowances.

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are financial liabilities recognised when the Group becomes party to the contractual provisions of 
the instrument. Trade and other payables are initially measured at fair value minus transaction costs directly attributable to 
the issue of the financial liability. Trade and other payables are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method.

Foreign currency
The presentation currency for the Company’s financial statements is Sterling. Foreign currency transactions are recorded 
in their functional currencies at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities have been 
translated at rates in effect at the balance sheet date, with any exchange adjustments being charged or credited to the 
Income Statement, within administrative expenses. The Parent Company’s functional currency is Sterling. 

Current taxation
Current taxation for the Company is based on the local taxable income at the local statutory tax rate enacted or 
substantively enacted at the balance sheet date and includes adjustments to tax payable or recoverable in respect of 
previous periods.

Deferred taxation
Deferred taxation is calculated using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets 
and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. However, if the deferred tax arises from the initial 
recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction 
affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss, it is not accounted for. No deferred tax is recognised on initial 
recognition of goodwill or on investment in subsidiaries. Deferred tax is determined using tax rates and laws that have 
been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred 
tax asset is realised or the deferred tax liability is settled. Deferred tax liabilities are provided in full and are not discounted. 
Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which 
the temporary differences can be utilised. Changes in deferred tax assets or liabilities are recognised as a component of 
tax expense in the income statement, except where they relate to items that are charged or credited directly to equity, in 
which case the related deferred tax is also charged or credited directly to equity. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities 
are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the 
deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority where there is an 
intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

Equity
Equity comprises the following:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

“Share capital” represents the nominal value of equity shares issued.

“Share premium” represents amounts subscribed for share capital, net of issue costs, in excess of nominal value.

“Share based payment reserve” represents the accumulated value of share based payments expensed in the income 
statement.

“Investment in own shares” represents amounts of the Parent Company’s own shares held within an Employee Benefit 
Trust.

“Retained earnings” represents the accumulated profits and losses attributable to equity shareholders.

“Capital redemption reserve” represents the nominal value of shares repurchased by the Parent Company.

“Other reserve” relate to the Employee Benefit Trust.

126

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM 127
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   126

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:16

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   127

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:16

Notes to the Company financial statements
Continued

1. Accounting policies continued
Employee benefit trust
The assets and liabilities of the employee benefit trust (EBT) have been included in the Company financial statements. 
Any assets held by the EBT cease to be recognised on the balance sheet when the assets vest unconditionally in identified 
beneficiaries. The costs of purchasing own shares held by the EBT are shown as a deduction within shareholders’ equity. 
The proceeds from the sale of own shares are recognised in shareholders’ equity. Neither the purchase nor sale of own 
shares leads to a gain or loss being recognised in the income statement.

Share based payments
Equity-settled share based payments to employees and directors are measured at the fair value of the equity instrument. 
The fair value of the equity-settled transactions with employees and directors is recognised as an expense over the 
vesting period. The fair value of the equity instruments are determined at the date of grant, taking into account market-
based vesting conditions. The fair value of goods and services received are measured by reference to the fair value of 
options. The fair values of share options are measured using the Black Scholes model. The expected life used in the 
models is adjusted, based on management’s best estimate of the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and 
behavioural considerations. The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised, together with a corresponding increase 
in equity, over the period in which the performance and/or service conditions are fulfilled, ending on the date on which 
the relevant employees (or other beneficiaries) become fully entitled to the award (“the vesting date”). The cumulative 
expense recognised for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until the vesting date reflects the extent to 
which the vesting period has expired and the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately 
vest. The income statement charge or credit for a period represents the movement in cumulative expense recognised 
as at the beginning and end of that period. No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest, except for 
awards where vesting is conditional upon a market condition, which are treated as vesting irrespective of whether or not 
the market condition is satisfied, provided that all other performance and/or service conditions are satisfied. Where the 
terms of an equity-settled award are modified, the minimum expense recognised is the expense as if the terms had not 
been modified. An additional expense is recognised for any modification, which increases the total fair value of the share 
based payment arrangement, or is otherwise beneficial to the employee as measured at the date of modification. Where 
an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it had vested on the date of cancellation, and any expense not yet 
recognised for the award is recognised immediately. However, if a new award is substituted for the cancelled award, and 
designated as a replacement award on the date that it is granted, the cancelled and new awards are treated as if they were 
a modification of the original award, as described in the previous paragraph. Where an equity-settled award is forfeited, the 
cumulative charge expensed up to the date of forfeiture is credited to the income statement.

2. Directors and employees
The directors’ remuneration is as stated in the directors’ remuneration disclosure in the Directors’ Report and in note 7 to 
the consolidated financial statements.

Average monthly number of persons, including directors, employed by the Company during the year was as follows:

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

3. Investments

At 1 January
Additions

At 31 December

2019
£’000

31,845
2,413
34,258

2018
£’000
30,918
927
31,845

The Company holds 100% of the share capital of Midwich Limited, a company incorporated in England and Wales. Indirect 
share interests in the Midwich Group of companies are disclosed in note 11 of the consolidated financial statements. 
Additions in the year represent the capital contributions to subsidiaries in respect of share option schemes, see note 32 of 
the consolidated financial statements for details of share options.

4. Deferred tax

Deferred tax asset on temporary differences

5. Receivables

Prepayments
Amounts due from Group undertakings

Expected credit losses on the amounts due from Group undertakings are immaterial.

6. Payables

Accruals

7. Share capital
The total allotted share capital of the Company is:

Allotted, issued and fully paid

2019
£’000

119

2019
£’000

9
3,114
3,123

2019
£’000

316

2018
£’000

327

2018
£’000

15
4,683
4,698

2018
£’000

356

2019

2018

Number

£’000

Number

£’000

79,448,200
525,212
79,973,412

794 79,448,200
–
799 79,448,200

5

794
–
794

By activity:
Administration

2019
Number

2018
Number

23

15

Issued and fully paid Ordinary Shares of £0.01 each
At start of year
Shares issued
At end of year

During the year the Company issued 300,212 shares to a subsidiary so that the subsidiary could settle a put option liability 
to acquire addition shares in another subsidiary that were held by a third party. During the year, the Company also issued 
225,000 shares to the Group’s employee benefit trusts. There were no share transactions effected during the prior year.

128

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM 129
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   128

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:16

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   129

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:16

Notes to the Company financial statements
Continued

Notice of AGM

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

8. Dividends
The Company paid dividends in the year of £12,305k (2018: £11,289k), excluding the effects of waived dividends this 
equated to 15.45 (2018: 14.25) pence per share.

The Board has recommended a final dividend of 11.05 pence per share (2018: 10.60) which, if approved will be paid on  
19 June 2020 to shareholders on the register on 15 May 2020. With the interim dividend declared in September 2019, this 
represents a total dividend for the year to 31 December 2019 of 15.90 pence per share (2018: 15.20).

9. Related parties and transactions with directors
There were no related party transactions or transactions with the directors during the current or prior year. The directors 
are remunerated by subsidiary entities and recharged to the Company.

Other related party transactions
Included within other debtors are the following transactions and outstanding amounts with Midwich Limited, a wholly 
owned subsidiary:

Outstanding at 1 January
Amounts advanced
Management charges
Amounts repaid
Outstanding at 31 December

Audit fees for the entity are borne by subsidiary entities and recharged to the Company.

10. Ultimate controlling party
As at 31 December 2018, Midwich Group plc had no ultimate controlling party.

2019
£’000

4,683
12,305
204
(14,077)
3,115

2018
£’000

7,320
11,289
204
(14,130)
4,683

130

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Covid 19 statement
In the lead up to the Annual General Meeting (notice of 
which is set out below), we are closely monitoring the 
impact of the COVID-19 virus in the United Kingdom.  In 
light of current public health advice and “Stay at Home” 
legislation recently introduced, external shareholders (i.e. 
shareholders who do not also hold office as a director of 
the Company) are prohibited from attending the Annual 
General Meeting in person. Accordingly, so as to ensure 
their vote is counted at the Annual General Meeting, 
all shareholders are strongly recommended to vote 
electronically at www.signalshares.com as your vote will 
automatically be counted. Given the currently escalating 
situation sending a paper proxy is no guarantee of 
having your vote counted. Further, the Company will be 
providing a conference call link to enable shareholders to 
follow proceedings of the meeting and potentially to ask 
questions remotely. All shareholders are encouraged to 
use these facilities should they wish to follow the progress 
of the meeting. Any shareholders who wish to listen to 
the meeting by such means, should contact the Company 
Secretary prior to the day of the meeting at 
Stephen.lamb@midwich.com in order to request conference 
dial-in details.

Withdrawal of final dividend 
recommendation 
In line with the Company’s update of 30 March 2020, and 
to preserve cash during the COVID-19 disruption, the Board 
has taken the decision to withdraw its intention to propose 
a final dividend for 2019. 

Notice of Annual General Meeting
Notice is hereby given that the Annual General Meeting 
(“Meeting”) of Midwich Group plc (the “Company”) will be 
held at Midwich Limited, Vinces Road, Diss, Norfolk, IP22 
4YT on Monday 11 May 2020 at 10.00 a.m. You will be asked 
to consider and vote on the resolutions below. Resolutions 
1 to 9 will be proposed as ordinary resolutions and 
resolutions 10 and 11 will be proposed as special resolutions. 

Ordinary business
Report and accounts

1.  THAT the Company’s annual accounts for the financial 

year ended 31 December 2019, together with the 
directors’ report and auditor’s report on those accounts, 
be received and adopted.Re-appointment and 
remuneration of auditors

Re-election of directors

2.  THAT Stephen Fenby be re-elected as a director of the 

Company. 

3.  THAT Andrew Herbert be re-elected as a director of the 

Company. 

4.  THAT Mike Ashley be re-elected as a director of the 

Company. 

5.  THAT Stephen Lamb be re-elected as a director of the 

Company. 

6.  THAT Hilary Wright be re-elected as a director of the 

Company.

Re-appointment and remuneration of auditors

7.  THAT Grant Thornton UK LLP be re-appointed as the 

Company’s auditors to hold office from the conclusion 
of this meeting until the conclusion of the next meeting 
at which accounts are laid before the Company and that 
the directors be authorised to agree the remuneration of 
the auditors.

Directors’ remuneration report

8.  THAT the directors’ remuneration report (excluding the 

directors’ remuneration policy, set out on pages 50 to 51 
of the directors’ remuneration report), as set out in the 
Company’s annual report and accounts for the financial 
year ended 31 December 2019 be approved.

Special business
Issue of Ordinary Shares

9.  THAT the directors of the Company be hereby generally 

and unconditionally authorised and empowered 
pursuant to and in accordance with section 551 of the 
Companies Act 2006 (the “CA 2006”), to exercise all 
the powers of the Company to allot shares and or grant 
rights to subscribe for or to convert any security into 
shares (“Rights”):

i.  up to an aggregate nominal value of £293,060 

(being the nominal value of approximately one third 
of the issued share capital of the Company); and

ii.  up to an aggregate nominal value of £586,120 (being 
the nominal value of approximately two thirds of the 
issued share capital of the Company) (such amount 
to be reduced by the nominal amount of any shares 
allotted or Rights granted under paragraph (i)) in 
connection with an offer by way of a rights issue or 
other pre-emptive offer to:

a.  the holders of Ordinary Shares in proportion (as 

nearly as may be practicable) to the respective 
numbers of Ordinary Shares held by them; and

b.  holders of other equity securities, as required by the 
rights of those securities or, subject to such rights, as 
the directors otherwise consider necessary,

and so that, in each case, the directors of the Company 
may impose any limits or restrictions and make any 
arrangements which they consider necessary or 
appropriate to deal with treasury shares, fractional 
entitlements, record dates, legal, regulatory or practical 
problems in, or under the laws of, any territory or the 
requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange 
or any other matter,such authorities to expire on the 
earlier of the next Annual General Meeting of the 
Company held after the date on which this resolution 
becomes unconditional and the date 15 months after 
the passing of this resolution, save that the Company 
may at any time before such expiry make any offer(s) 
or enter into any agreement(s) which would or might 
require shares to be allotted or Rights to be granted 
after such expiry and the directors may allot shares 
or grant Rights in pursuance of any such offer(s) or 
agreement(s) as if the authority conferred hereby 
had not expired. This resolution revokes and replaces 

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM
MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

131

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   130

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:16

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   131

Job Number 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof Number

08/04/2020   14:18:16

Notice of AGM
Continued

all unexercised authorities previously granted to the 
directors to allot shares or grant Rights but without 
prejudice to any allotment of shares or grant of Rights 
already made, offered or agreed to be made pursuant to 
such authorities.

10.  THAT, subject to the passing of resolution 9, the 

directors of the Company be authorised to allot equity 
securities (as defined in section 560 of the CA 2006) 
for cash under the authority conferred by that resolution 
and/or to sell ordinary shares held by the Company as 
treasury shares as if section 561 of the CA 2006 did not 
apply to any such allotment or sale, provided that such 
authority shall be limited to:

i. 

the allotment of equity securities in connection with 
an offer of equity securities (but, in the case of the 
authority granted under paragraph (ii) of resolution 
9, by way of a rights issue only):

a.  to the holders of Ordinary Shares in proportion 

(as nearly as may be practicable) to their 
respective holdings; and

b.  to holders of other equity securities as required 

by the rights of those securities or as the 
Directors otherwise consider necessary,

but subject to such exclusions or other arrangements 
as the directors of the Company may deem necessary 
or expedient in relation to treasury shares, fractional 
entitlements, record dates, legal or practical problems in 
or under the laws of any territory or the requirements of 
any regulatory body or stock exchange; and

ii.  the allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury 
shares (otherwise than pursuant to paragraph (i) of 
this resolution) to any person up to an aggregate 
nominal amount of £43,959.

The authority granted by this resolution will expire at 
the conclusion of the Company’s next Annual General 
Meeting after the passing of this resolution or, if earlier, 
at the close of business on the date 15 months after the 
passing of this resolution, save that the Company may, 
before such expiry make offers or agreements which 
would or might require equity securities to be allotted 
(or treasury shares to be sold) after the authority 
expires and the directors of the Company may allot 
equity securities (or sell treasury shares) in pursuance of 
any such offer or agreement as if the authority had not 
expired.

11.  THAT, subject to the passing of resolution 9, the 

directors of the Company be authorised in addition to 
any authority granted under resolution 10 to allot equity 
securities (as defined in section 560 of the CA 2006) 
for cash under the authority conferred by resolution 9 
and/or to sell Ordinary Shares held by the Company as 
treasury shares as if section 561 of the CA 2006 did not 
apply to any such allotment or sale, provided that such 
authority shall be:

i. 

limited to the allotment of equity securities or sale of 
treasury shares up to an aggregate nominal amount 
of £43,959; and

ii.  used only for the purpose of financing (or 

refinancing, if the authority is to be used within six 
months after the original transaction) a transaction 
which the directors of the Company determine to 
be an acquisition or other capital investment of a 
kind contemplated by the Statement of Principles 
on Disapplying Pre-Emption Rights most recently 
published by the Pre-Emption Group prior to the 
date of this notice.

The authority granted by this resolution will expire at 
the conclusion of the Company’s next annual general 
meeting after this resolution is passed or, if earlier, at 
the close of business on the date 15 months after the 
passing of this resolution, save that the Company may, 
before such expiry make offers or agreements which 
would or might require equity securities to be allotted 
(or treasury shares to be sold) after the authority 
expires and the directors of the Company may allot 
equity securities (or sell treasury shares) in pursuance of 
any such offer or agreement as if the authority had not 
expired.

Dated 9 April 2020 
By order of the Board

Stephen Lamb 
Company Secretary 
Registered Office 
Vinces Road 
Dis 
Norfolk 
IP22 4YT

Overview    Strategic Report    Our Governance    Our Financials    Additional Information

Notes of the AGM

Notice of meeting notes:
Entitlement to attend and vote
1.  Pursuant to Regulation 41 of the Uncertificated 

Securities Regulations 2001, the Company specifies 
that only those members registered on the Company’s 
register of members:

•  at the time which is 48 hours prior to the Meeting; or,

• 

if this Meeting is adjourned, at the time which is 
48 hours prior to the adjourned meeting, shall be 
entitled to attend and vote at the Meeting.

Appointment of proxies
2.  If you are a member of the Company at the time set 

out in note 1 above, you are entitled to appoint a proxy 
to exercise all or any of your rights to attend, speak 
and vote at the Meeting and you should have received 
a proxy form with this notice of meeting.  You can only 
appoint a proxy using the procedures set out in these 
notes and the notes to the proxy form.

3.  If you are not a member of the Company but you 

have been nominated by a member of the Company 
to enjoy information rights, you do not have a right to 
appoint any proxies under the procedures set out in this 
“Appointment of proxies” section. 

4.  Due to the ongoing complications resulting from 

Covid-19, in order to ensure compliance with relevant 
legislation around social distancing and “Stay at Home 
Measures”, the Company is required to restrict the proxy 
appointment right to the appointment of the Chairman 
of the Meeting only.  Details of how to appoint the 
Chairman of the Meeting as your proxy using the proxy 
form are set out in the notes to the proxy form.  If you 
wish to ask questions or to speak at the Meeting, you 
will need to use the conference dial-in, in order to join 
the Meeting yourself remotely.

5.  A vote withheld is not a vote in law, which means that 
the vote will not be counted in the calculation of votes 
for or against the resolution.  If no voting indication is 
given, your proxy (the Chairman of the Meeting) will 
vote or abstain from voting at their discretion.  Your 
proxy (the Chairman of the Meeting) will vote (or 
abstain from voting) as they think fit in relation to any 
other matter which is put before the Meeting.

Appointment of proxies using hard copy form
6.  The notes to the proxy form explain how to direct your 
proxy (the Chairman of the Meeting) how to vote on 
each resolution or withhold their vote.

To appoint the Chairman of the Meeting as your proxy 
using the proxy form, the form must be:

•  completed and signed;

•  sent or delivered to the offices of the Company’s 

registrars, Link Asset Services in accordance with the 
reply paid details or by hand or by courier only to Link 
Asset Services, PXS1 , 34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham, 
Kent, BR3 4TU; and

• 

received by the Company’s registrars no later than 48 
hours prior to the time set for the start of the Meeting.

CREST members should use the CREST electronic 
proxy appointment service and refer to note 9 below in 
relation to the submission of a proxy appointment via 
CREST.

In the case of a member which is a company, the proxy 
form must be executed under its common seal or signed 
on its behalf by an officer of the company or an attorney 
for the company.

Any power of attorney or any other authority under 
which the proxy form is signed (or a duly certified copy 
of such power or authority) must be included with the 
proxy form.

In each case the proxy appointment must be received 
not less than 48 hours before the time for the holding of 
the Meeting or adjourned meeting together (except in 
the case of appointments made electronically) with any 
authority (or notarially certified copy of such authority) 
under which it is signed.

Appointment of proxies via the web
7.  As an alternative shareholders may, and are encouraged 
to, cast their vote online via the registrars website at 
www.signalshares.com.

Appointment of proxies through CREST
8.  As an alternative to completing the hard-copy proxy 
form, CREST members who wish to appoint the 
Chairman of the Meeting as their proxy by utilising the 
CREST electronic proxy appointment service may do 
so for the Meeting and any adjournment(s) of it by 
using the procedures described in the CREST Manual 
(with such procedures, as applicable, being read in 
conjunction with the appointment restrictions detailed 
in these Notes).  CREST Personal Members or other 
CREST sponsored members, and those CREST members 
who have appointed a voting service provider(s), 
should refer to their CREST sponsor or voting service 
provider(s), who will be able to take the appropriate 
action on their behalf. 

In order for a proxy appointment made by means of 
CREST to be valid, the appropriate CREST message 
(a “CREST Proxy Instruction”) must be properly 
authenticated in accordance with Euroclear UK & Ireland 
Limited’s (“EUI”) specifications and must contain the 
information required for such instructions, as described 
in the CREST Manual.  The message, regardless of 
whether it constitutes the appointment of the Chairman 
of the Meeting as proxy or an amendment to the 
instruction given to a the Chairman of the Meeting 
as proxy previously, must, in order to be valid, be 
transmitted so as to be received by the Company’s 
agent (ID: RA10) by not later than 48 hours prior to the 
time appointed for the Meeting or adjourned meeting.  
For this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to 
be the time (as determined by the timestamp applied 

132

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   132

Job Number 

  9 April 2020 8:38 am 

  Proof Number

09/04/2020   08:39:26

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   133

Job Number 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof Number

08/04/2020   14:18:17

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM 133

MIDWICHGROUPPLC.COM

Notes of the AGM
Continued

to the message by the CREST Applications Host) from 
which the Company’s agent is able to retrieve the 
message by enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed 
by CREST.  After this time any change of instructions 
to proxies appointed through CREST should be 
communicated to the appointee through other means.

CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST 
sponsors or voting service providers should note that 
EUI does not make available special procedures in 
CREST for any particular messages.  Normal system 
timings and limitations will therefore apply in relation 
to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions.  It is the 
responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take 
(or, if the CREST member is a CREST personal member 
or sponsored member or has appointed a voting service 
provider(s), to procure that his CREST sponsor or voting 
service provider(s) take(s)) such action as shall be 
necessary to ensure that a message is transmitted by 
means of the CREST system by any particular time.  In 
this connection, CREST members and, where applicable, 
their CREST sponsors or voting service providers are 
referred, in particular, to those sections of the CREST 
Manual concerning practical limitations of the CREST 
system and timings.

The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy 
Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 
35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 
2001.

Appointment of proxy by joint members
9.  In the case of joint holders, where more than one of the 
joint holders purports to appoint the Chairman of the 
Meeting as proxy, only the appointment submitted by 
the most senior holder will be accepted.  Seniority is 
determined by the order in which the names of the joint 
holders appear in the Company’s register of members in 
respect of the joint holding (the first-named being the 
most senior).

Changing proxy instructions
10.  To change your proxy instructions simply submit a 
new proxy appointment using the methods set out 
above.  Note that the cut-off time for receipt of proxy 
forms (see above) also apply in relation to amended 
instructions; any amended proxy form received after the 
relevant cut-off time will be disregarded.

Where you have appointed the Chairman of the Meeting 
as your proxy using the hard-copy proxy form and 
would like to change the instructions using another 
hard-copy proxy form, please contact the Company’s 
registrars, Link Asset Services, PXS1, 34 Beckenham 
Road, Beckenham, Kent, BR3 4TU.

• 

• 

If you submit more than one valid proxy appointment, 
the appointment received last before the latest time for 
the receipt of proxies will take precedence.

Directors, officers and advisers 

Directors
Mr S B Fenby
Mr S Lamb
Mr M Ashley
Mr A C Herbert
Mrs H Wright

Independent auditor
Grant Thornton UK LLP
Chartered Accountants
Statutory Auditor
101 Cambridge Science Park
Milton Road
Cambridge
CB4 0FY

Bankers
HSBC Bank plc
19 Midsummer Place
Milton Keynes
Buckinghamshire
MK9 3GB

Company Secretary
Mr S Lamb

Registered office
Vinces Road
Diss
Norfolk
IP22 4YT

Solicitors
Mills and Reeve LLP
Botanic House
100 Hills Road
Cambridge
CB2 1PH

Nominated advisers and brokers
Investec
30 Gresham Street 
London
EC2V 7QP

Berenberg 
60 Threadneedle Street 
London
EC2R 8HP

Company registration number
08793266

Termination of proxy appointments
11.  In order to revoke a proxy instruction you will need to 
inform the Company by sending a signed hard-copy 
notice clearly stating your intention to revoke your 
proxy appointment to the Company’s registrars, Link 
Asset Services, PXS1, 34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham, 
Kent, BR3 4TU. In the case of a member which is a 
company, the revocation notice must be executed under 
its common seal or signed on its behalf by an officer 
of the company or an attorney for the company.  Any 
power of attorney or any other authority under which 
the revocation notice is signed (or a duly certified copy 
of such power or authority) must be included with the 
revocation notice.

The revocation notice must be received by the 
Company’s registrars not less than 48 hours before the 
time for holding the Meeting or adjourned meeting.

If you attempt to revoke your proxy appointment but 
the revocation is received after the time specified then 
your proxy appointment will remain valid.

Corporate representatives
12.  A corporation which is a member should appoint the 
Chairman of the Meeting as its proxy in the manner 
detailed above and in the notes to the proxy form.

Issued shares and total voting rights
13.  As at 5.00 p.m. on 9 April, the Company’s issued share 
capital comprised 87,918,212 ordinary shares of £0.01 
each.  Each ordinary share carries the right to one vote 
at a general meeting of the Company and, therefore, 
the total number of voting rights in the Company as at 
5.00 p.m. on the 9 April is 87,918,212.

Communication
14.  Except as provided above, members who have general 
queries about the Meeting should use the following 
means of communication:

•  calling the Company Secretary on +44 (0) 1379 774661; 

or

•  calling our shareholder helpline provided by the 

Company’s registrars, Link Asset Services, on 0371 664 
0300 (calls are charged at the standard geographic 
rate and will vary by provider)). Lines are open between 
9.00am - 5.30pm UK time, Monday to Friday excluding 
public holidays in England and Wales.or emailing the 
Company Secretary at stephen.lamb@midwich.com. 

You may not use any electronic address provided either:

in this notice of annual general meeting; or

 any related documents (including the proxy form), to 
communicate with the Company for any purposes other 
than those expressly stated.

134

 MIDWICH GROUP PLC / ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   134

27173r 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof 5

08/04/2020   14:18:17

AR2019 Midwich Group 27173_financials.indd   3

Job Number 

  8 April 2020 2:17 pm 

  Proof Number

08/04/2020   14:18:17